MED E AMERICA CORP
S-1/A, 1998-08-27
COMPUTER PROCESSING & DATA PREPARATION
Previous: PENTON MEDIA INC, S-8, 1998-08-27
Next: CURTIS INTERNATIONAL LTD, 8-A12G, 1998-08-27





   
    AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON AUGUST 27, 1998
                                                   REGISTRATION NO. 333 - 55977
    
================================================================================
                      SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                            WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                               -----------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 3
    
                                      TO
                                   FORM S-1
                            REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                               -----------------
                           MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
            (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

<TABLE>

<S>                                   <C>                              <C>
                DELAWARE                          7374                              11-3270245
  (State or other jurisdiction of     (Primary Standard Industrial     (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
   incorporation or organization)      Classification Code Number)
</TABLE>

                          90 MERRICK AVENUE, SUITE 501
                           EAST MEADOW, NEW YORK 11554
                                 (516) 542-4500
       (Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area
               code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

                               -----------------

                             DAVID M. GOLDWIN, ESQ.
                                 GENERAL COUNSEL
                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
                          90 MERRICK AVENUE, SUITE 501
                           EAST MEADOW, NEW YORK 11554
                                 (516) 542-4500

 (Name, address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code,
                              of agent for service)

                                -----------------
                                   COPIES TO:

<TABLE>
<S>                                   <C>
         MARK J. TANNENBAUM, ESQ.                 FREDERICK W. KANNER, ESQ
        REBOUL, MACMURRAY, HEWITT,                 DEWEY BALLANTINE LLP
          MAYNARD & KRISTOL                      1301 AVENUE OF THE AMERICAS
        45 ROCKEFELLER PLAZA                         NEW YORK, NY 10019
         NEW YORK, NY 10111                           (212) 259-8000
          (212) 841-5700
</TABLE>

APPROXIMATE  DATE OF  COMMENCEMENT  OF PROPOSED  SALE TO THE PUBLIC:  As soon as
practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a delayed or continuous  basis  pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box: [ ]

     If this Form is filed to  register  additional  securities  for an offering
pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box
and list  the  Securities  Act  registration  statement  number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

     If this Form is a  post-effective  amendment  filed pursuant to Rule 462(d)
under the  Securities  Act,  check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration  statement number of the earlier effective  registration  statement
for the same offering. [ ]

   If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434,
                      please check the following box. [ ]

                                -----------------
     THE  REGISTRANT  HEREBY  AMENDS THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON SUCH DATE OR
DATES  AS  MAY  BE  NECESSARY  TO  DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT
SHALL  FILE A FURTHER AMENDMENT WHICH SPECIFICALLY STATES THAT THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT  SHALL  THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A) OF
THE  SECURITIES  ACT  OF  1933 OR UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE  ON  SUCH  DATE  AS  THE  SECURITIES  AND  EXCHANGE COMMISSION, ACTING
PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION 8(A), MAY DETERMINE.
================================================================================
<PAGE>

   
                 SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED AUGUST 27, 1998
    

PROSPECTUS

                               3,600,000 SHARES

[GRAPHIC OMITTED]

                           MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
   
                                 COMMON STOCK
                              ------------------
    

     All of the shares of Common Stock offered hereby (the "Offering") are being
sold by MEDE AMERICA Corporation ("MEDE AMERICA" or the "Company"). Prior to the
Offering,  there has been no public  market for the Common Stock of the Company.
It is currently estimated that the initial public offering price will be between
$13.00 and $15.00 per share. See "Underwriting" for information  relating to the
factors to be considered in determining the initial public  offering price.  The
Company  intends  to apply to have  the  Company's  Common  Stock  approved  for
quotation on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "MEDE."

                              ------------------
   

SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 9 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN FACTORS THAT
   SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
                                    HEREBY.
    

     THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURI-
       TIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY OTHER STATE SECURITIES COMMIS-
           SION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY
             STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION PASSED UPON THE ACCURACY OR
                 ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION
                     TO THE CONTRARY IS A CRIMINAL OFFENSE.
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
================================================================================
                                       PRICE       UNDERWRITING       PROCEEDS  
                                        TO         DISCOUNTS AND         TO     
                                      PUBLIC      COMMISSIONS(1)     COMPANY(2) 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>                <C>         
Per Share .......................     $            $                  $         
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3) ........................   $            $                  $           
================================================================================
</TABLE>                           

(1) The  Company  has  agreed  to  indemnify  the  Underwriters  against certain
    liabilities,  including  liabilities  under  the  Securities Act of 1933, as
    amended. See "Underwriting."

(2) Before deducting expenses estimated at $950,000, payable by the Company.

(3) The Company has granted to the  Underwriters  a 30-day option to purchase up
    to 540,000  additional shares of Common Stock on the same terms as set forth
    above solely to cover  over-allotments,  if any. If such option is exercised
    in full, the total Price to Public,  Underwriting  Discounts and Commissions
    and the Proceeds to Company will  be $     , $      and $    , respectively.
    See "Underwriting."

                              ------------------
     The shares of Common  Stock are being  offered by the several  Underwriters
named herein,  subject to prior sale,  when, as and if delivered and accepted by
them,  and  subject to their right to reject  orders in whole or in part.  It is
expected  that  certificates  for  such  shares  of  Common  Stock  will be made
available  for  delivery  at the  offices of Smith  Barney  Inc.,  333 West 34th
Street, New York, New York 10001, on or about , 1998.

                              ------------------
SALOMON SMITH BARNEY
                        WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY
                                                    VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY

      , 1998

Information   contained  herein  is  subject  to  completion  or  amendment.   A
registration  statement  relating  to these  securities  has been filed with the
Securities  and Exchange  Commission.  These  securities may not be sold nor may
offers to buy be accepted prior to the time the registration  statement  becomes
effective.  This  prospectus  shall  not  constitute  an  offer  to  sell or the
solicitation of an offer to buy nor shall there be any sale of these  securities
in any State in which such offer,  solicitation  or sale would be unlawful prior
to registration or qualification under the securities laws of any such State.

<PAGE>















CERTAIN  PERSONS  PARTICIPATING IN THIS OFFERING MAY ENGAGE IN TRANSACTIONS THAT
STABILIZE,  MAINTAIN  OR  OTHERWISE  AFFECT  THE  PRICE  OF  THE  COMMON  STOCK,
INCLUDING  BY  OVER-ALLOTMENT,  STABILIZING  BIDS,  EFFECTING SYNDICATE COVERING
TRANSACTIONS   OR   IMPOSING  OF  PENALTY  BIDS.  FOR  A  DESCRIPTION  OF  THESE
ACTIVITIES, SEE "UNDERWRITING."

     MEDE  AMERICA  is a  trademark  of the  Company.  All  other  trade  names,
trademarks or service  marks  appearing in this  Prospectus  are the property of
their respective owners and are not the property of the Company.

<PAGE>

                              PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

     The  following  summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read
in conjunction with, the more detailed information and the financial statements,
including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this Prospectus.

                                  THE COMPANY

     MEDE AMERICA is a leading provider of electronic data  interchange  ("EDI")
products and services to a broad range of providers and payors in the healthcare
industry.  The Company  offers an integrated  suite of EDI solutions that allows
hospitals,  pharmacies,  physicians, dentists and other healthcare providers and
provider groups to electronically edit, process and transmit claims, eligibility
and  enrollment  data,  track claims  submissions  throughout the claims payment
process  and obtain  faster  reimbursement  for their  services.  In addition to
offering greater  processing speed, the Company's EDI products reduce processing
costs,  increase  collection rates and result in more accurate data interchange.
The Company  maintains over 540 direct  connections  with  insurance  companies,
Medicare and  Medicaid  agencies,  Blue Cross and Blue Shield  systems and other
third party payors,  as well as over 500 indirect  connections  with  additional
payors  through claims  clearinghouses.  Currently,  the Company  processes over
900,000 transactions per day for over 65,000 providers located in all 50 states.

     Since its  formation in March 1995,  the Company has expanded  both through
internal   growth  and  the   acquisition  of  five  healthcare  EDI  processing
businesses.  As part of its  strategy of providing  an  integrated  suite of EDI
solutions to a broad range of healthcare  providers,  the Company has focused on
acquisitions  that  provided  entry into new markets or expanded  the  Company's
product  suite.  The  Company  has  actively  pursued  the  integration  of  its
acquisitions  and, in the process,  has either divested,  closed or restructured
various  operations of the acquired  entities in order to eliminate  non-core or
redundant operations and achieve cost savings and operating efficiencies.

   
     Innovations  over  the  past  decade  in  computer  and  telecommunications
technologies  have resulted in the development of EDI systems to  electronically
process  and  transmit   information  among  the  various  participants  in  the
healthcare  industry.  These  systems were  designed to replace the  paper-based
recording and transmission of information,  enabling greater  processing  speed,
reduced processing costs and more accurate data interchange. According to Health
Data Directory,  in 1997 over 4.1 billion  electronic and paper claims were paid
in all  sectors  of the  healthcare  services  market.  From  1993 to 1997,  the
proportion  of  total  healthcare  claims  that  were  electronically  processed
increased from 41% to approximately 60%. During such period the number of claims
processed  electronically  increased  at an  average  rate of 16% per year.  The
Company  expects the electronic  processing of healthcare  claims to continue to
increase as a result of increased reliance on electronic  commerce and increased
emphasis on cost containment in the healthcare industry.

     The penetration of electronic  processing  varies  significantly  among the
different  markets  within the  healthcare  industry.  According  to Health Data
Directory,  in 1997 electronic  processing  accounted for  approximately  13% of
total  dental  claims,  38% of  total  physician  medical  claims,  83% of total
hospital  medical  claims and 86% of total pharmacy  claims.  In addition to the
remaining  opportunity to convert  paper-based claims to electronic  processing,
the  Company  believes  that  there  is  significant  market  potential  for EDI
processing in the non-claim area, including eligibility verification, remittance
transactions  and other  data  exchange  transactions  such as claims  tracking,
referrals and physician scripting.  The Company believes that EDI penetration in
these  non-claim  transaction  categories  is  low,  and as a  result,  the  EDI
transaction  growth in these areas will exceed that of the EDI claims processing
market. 
    

     The Company believes that it has several  competitive  strengths which will
enable  it  to  capitalize  on  the  significant  growth  opportunities  in  the
healthcare EDI marketplace.

                                        3

<PAGE>

   
     COMPREHENSIVE SUITE OF EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.  The Company has followed
a strategy of  developing  or acquiring  EDI  products and services  that may be
offered  to a broad  range  of  healthcare  providers.  The  Company's  products
incorporate open  architecture  designs and what the Company regards as "best of
breed"  technology  and may be  purchased  as modular  additions to the client's
existing data storage and retrieval  system,  or as part of a comprehensive  EDI
processing  system. The Company believes it is well positioned to take advantage
of the  expected  growth  of EDI in  areas  such as  eligibility,  managed  care
transactions and physician scripting. 
    

     BROAD AND  DIVERSIFIED  CLIENT BASE.  The  Company's  client base is highly
diversified,   consisting  of  approximately  42,000  pharmacies,  8,000  dental
offices, 1,000 hospitals and clinics and 14,000 physicians.  The Company's broad
and  diversified  client base provides it with  transaction-based  revenues that
tend to be recurring and  positions it to capitalize on the rapid  consolidation
taking place within the healthcare industry.

     DIRECT RELATIONSHIPS WITH PROVIDERS AND PAYORS. The range of MEDE AMERICA's
services and the extent of its connectivity with payors provides the opportunity
to achieve  deeper  penetration  of its  provider  base,  while at the same time
offering more complete  solutions to new clients.  MEDE AMERICA believes that it
is strongly positioned to offer reliable, one-stop shopping to providers for all
their EDI needs.

     FOCUS ON CLIENT  SERVICE.  The Company has focused on  implementing  a wide
range of client  service and support  functions  including  the use of automated
client  service  tracking  software,  expanded  client  help  desk  and  account
executive  support  functions  and extensive  client  feedback  mechanisms.  The
Company  believes that its high quality client service enhances the satisfaction
of its clients and generates new revenue  opportunities  in the form of expanded
transaction volume and sales of new products and services.

     LEADING  TECHNOLOGY AND PRODUCT  PLATFORMS.  Over the past two years,  MEDE
AMERICA has invested significant capital in new hardware and software systems to
increase its  transaction  processing  capacity.  As a result of such technology
investments, MEDE AMERICA believes it is able to provide high quality service to
its  clients  in the  form  of  high  network  availability,  batch  transaction
reliability  and high  rates of  payor  claims  acceptance.  MEDE  AMERICA  also
believes  that its  technology  platform,  which is operating  at  approximately
one-third of its total capacity, provides the Company with substantial operating
leverage.

     EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM. Each member of the Company's senior management
team  has  over  15  years  of  experience  in the  information  technology  and
transaction  processing  industries and has extensive background in working with
emerging companies in the information  processing industry. The Company believes
that the range and depth of its senior  management  team  position it to address
the evolving  requirements  of its clients and to manage the growth  required to
meet its strategic goals.

     The  Company's  mission  is  to  be  the  leading  provider  of  integrated
healthcare transaction processing technology,  networks and databases,  enabling
its clients to improve the quality and efficiency of their services.  To achieve
this  objective,  the Company is  pursuing a growth  strategy  comprised  of the
following  elements:  provide a  comprehensive  suite of EDI solutions;  further
penetrate its existing client base through  cross-selling  of emerging  products
and  services;  develop  new EDI  solutions  to  meet  the  evolving  electronic
transaction  processing  needs of its  clients;  continue  to utilize  strategic
alliances  with key players in the  healthcare  industry;  and pursue  strategic
acquisitions  in order to expand  the  Company's  product  offerings,  enter new
markets and capitalize on the Company's operating leverage.

     The Company's  executive  offices are located at 90 Merrick  Avenue,  Suite
501, East Meadow, New York 11554, and its telephone number is (516) 542-4500.

                                        4

<PAGE>

                                 THE OFFERING

COMMON STOCK OFFERED BY THE COMPANY............   3,600,000 shares

   
COMMON STOCK TO BE OUTSTANDING AFTER THE
 OFFERING......................................  11,595,787 shares (1)(2)
    

USE  OF  PROCEEDS..............................  To retire all outstanding  bank
                                                 and  subordinated  indebtedness
                                                 and accrued  interest  thereon,
                                                 and for other general corporate
                                                 purposes,   including   working
                                                 capital.

PROPOSED NASDAQ NATIONAL
 MARKET SYMBOL.................................  MEDE

   
- ----------
(1) Reflects the proposed Recapitalization (as defined herein).

(2) Excludes (i) 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Medic
    Warrant (as defined herein) and (ii) 482,823 shares of Common Stock issuable
    upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of July 31, 1998 under the
    MEDE AMERICA  Corporation and Its  Subsidiaries  Stock Option and Restricted
    Stock  Purchase Plan (the "Stock Plan"),  of which 212,715 are  exercisable.
    The weighted  average  exercise  price of all  outstanding  stock options is
    $4.84 per share.  See  "Recent  Developments"  and  "Management  -- Employee
    Benefit Plans."

                              RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

     On July  17,  1998,  the  Company  entered  into a  Transaction  Processing
Agreement  (the  "Processing  Agreement")  with  Medic  Computer  Systems,  Inc.
("Medic"),  a subsidiary  of Misys plc that  develops and licenses  software for
healthcare  providers,  principally  physicians,  medical service  organizations
("MSOs")  and  physician  practice  management  companies  ("PPMs").  Under  the
Processing  Agreement,  the Company will undertake certain software  development
obligations,  and from  July 1,  1999 it will  become  the  exclusive  processor
(subject  to certain  exceptions)  of medical  reimbursement  claims for Medic's
subscribers submitted to payors with whom MedE has or establishes  connectivity.
Under the Processing  Agreement,  the Company will be entitled to revenues to be
paid by payors (in respect of which a commission is payable to Medic) as well as
fees to be paid by Medic.

     Contemporaneously,  to  ensure a close  working  relationship  between  the
parties,  on July 19,  1998 the Company  granted to Medic a warrant  (the "Medic
Warrant") to acquire  1,250,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock, at a per
share exercise price equal to the price of the Common Stock to the public in the
Offering or, in the event that an initial  public  offering is not  completed by
March 31, 1999, at an exercise  price equal to $8.00 per share.  The  difference
between  the  two  alternative  prices  reflects,  in the  Company's  view,  the
incremental value of a share of Common Stock resulting from the Offering and the
concurrent Recapitalization.  The Medic Warrant vests over a two year period and
may be  exercised  up to five years after the date of grant.  The Medic  Warrant
contains customary  weighted average  antidilution  provisions.  The Company and
certain of its principal  stockholders have agreed that following the completion
of the  Offering  and until the  earlier of the  termination  of the  Processing
Agreement or the  disposition by Medic and its affiliates of at least 25% of the
shares of Common Stock issuable  under the Medic  Warrant,  Medic shall have the
right to designate one director to the Company's  Board of Directors.  As of the
date of this Prospectus, Medic has not named a designee.

    

                                 RISK FACTORS

     Prospective  purchasers should consider all of the information contained in
this  Prospectus  before  making an  investment  in shares of Common  Stock.  In
particular,  prospective purchasers should consider the factors set forth herein
under "Risk Factors."

                                       5

<PAGE>

                      SUMMARY CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                               YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                  ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                               ACTUAL                               PRO FORMA(1)
                                                  ---------------------------------------------------------------- -------------
                                                        1995             1996           1997            1998            1998
                                                        ----             ----           ----            ----            ----
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                               <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>               <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues(2) ....................................    $ 16,246         $ 31,768       $  35,279       $ 42,290         $43,936
 Operating expenses:
  Operations ....................................       9,753           19,174          16,817         16,958          17,203
  Sales, marketing and client services ..........       3,615            7,064           8,769         10,765          11,063
  Research and development ......................       2,051            2,132           3,278          3,941           3,984
  General and administrative ....................       3,119            6,059           5,263          4,865           5,026
  Depreciation and amortization .................       2,995            5,176           5,293          6,743           7,090
  Write-down of intangible assets ...............       8,191 (3)        9,965 (4)          --             --              --
  Acquired in-process research and
    development(5) ..............................          --               --           4,354             --              --
  Other charges(6) ..............................       2,864              538           2,301             --              --
                                                     ---------        ---------      ---------       --------         -------
 Total operating expenses .......................      32,588           50,108          46,075         43,272          44,366
                                                     ---------        ---------      ---------       --------         -------
 Loss from operations ...........................     (16,342)         (18,340)        (10,796)          (982)           (430)
 Other (income) expense .........................          --              313            (893)           (12)            (12)
 Interest expense (income), net .................         189              584           1,504          3,623             (14)
                                                     ---------        ---------      ---------       --------         -------
 Loss before provision for income taxes .........     (16,531)         (19,237)        (11,407)        (4,593)           (404)
 Provision for income taxes .....................          70               93              57             42              42
                                                     ---------        ---------      ---------       --------         -------
 Net loss .......................................     (16,601)         (19,330)        (11,464)        (4,635)           (446)
 Preferred stock dividends ......................         (27)          (2,400)         (2,400)        (2,400)             --
                                                     ---------        ---------      ---------       --------         -------
 Net loss applicable to common
  stockholders...................................    $(16,628)        $(21,730)      $ (13,864)      $ (7,035)        $  (446)
                                                     =========        =========      =========       ========         =======
 Basic net loss per common share ................    $  (3.17)        $  (4.14)      $   (2.56)      $  (1.24)(7)     $ (0.05)
 Weighted average common shares
  outstanding - Basic ...........................       5,238            5,245           5,425          5,679           9,279
</TABLE>
    
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            AS OF JUNE 30, 1998
                                                       ------------------------------
                                                                         PRO FORMA,
                                                          ACTUAL       AS ADJUSTED(8)
                                                       ------------   ---------------
<S>                                                    <C>            <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Working capital ...................................    $   2,345         $ 6,147
 Total assets ......................................       57,163          60,513
 Long-term debt, including current portion .........       41,324           1,240
 Redeemable cumulative preferred stock .............       31,223              --
 Stockholders' equity (deficit) ....................      (26,923)         48,500
</TABLE>
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                    ---------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              ACTUAL                               PRO FORMA(1)
                                                    -----------------------------------------------------------   -------------
                                                         1995            1996           1997           1998            1998
                                                         ----            ----           ----           ----            ----
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER TRANSACTION DATA)
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>
OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA(9) ......................................     $ (13,347)      $ (13,164)     $  (5,503)     $   5,761       $   6,660
 Adjusted EBITDA(9) .............................        (2,292)         (2,052)         2,211          5,761           6,660

 Cash flows from operating activities ...........        (3,561)         (1,653)        (4,020)        (2,500)             --
 Cash flows from investing activities ...........       (22,074)         (4,919)       (12,221)       (12,104)             --
 Cash flows from financing activities ...........        33,434             657         15,521         15,635              --

 Transactions processed(10)
  Pharmacy ......................................            --         107,032        126,211        188,114         191,663
  Medical .......................................            --          15,687         23,075         31,564          31,564
  Dental ........................................            --           6,021         12,188         14,681          14,681
                                                      ---------       ---------      ---------      ---------       ---------
    Total transactions processed ................            --         128,740        161,474        234,359         237,908

 Transactions per FTE(10)(11) ...................            --             321            415            642             652
 Revenue per FTE(11) ............................     $      48       $      79      $      91      $     116       $     120
 Operating expenses per transaction(10) .........            --             0.39           0.29           0.18            0.19
</TABLE>
    

                                                   (Footnotes on following page)
   

    
                                        6

<PAGE>

   

(1) Gives effect to (i) the  acquisition of Stockton in November 1997,  (ii) the
    Recapitalization and (iii) the Offering,  as if they had occurred on July 1,
    1997.

(2) During the periods presented,  the Company made a series of acquisitions and
    divested certain non-core or unprofitable operations.  Revenues attributable
    to these  divested  operations,  which  are  included  in the  statement  of
    operations data, were $1,709,000, $3,617,000, $2,252,000 and $241,000 in the
    fiscal years ended June 30, 1995, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

(3) Reflects  the  write-off  of goodwill related to the acquisitions of Medical
    Processing Center, Inc. ("MPC") and Wellmark, Inc. ("Wellmark").

(4) Reflects  the  write-down  of costs  relating  to client  lists and  related
    allocable   goodwill   obtained  in  the  acquisition  of  General  Computer
    Corporation,  subsequently  renamed MEDE AMERICA  Corporation of Ohio ("MEDE
    OHIO").

(5) Reflects the write-off of acquired in-process research and development costs
    upon the consummation of the TCS acquisition.

(6) Reflects (i) expenses of $2,864,000  relating to the spin-off of the Company
    by Card Establishment  Services,  Inc. ("CES") in the fiscal year ended June
    30, 1995 and (ii) expenses  recorded  relating to  contingent  consideration
    paid to former owners of acquired  businesses of $538,000 and  $2,301,000 in
    the fiscal years ended June 30, 1996 and 1997, respectively.

(7) Supplemental  net loss per  share,  giving  effect to the  Recapitalization,
    would be $(0.59) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998.

(8) Gives effect to (i) the Recapitalization  and (ii) the Offering,  as if they
    had occurred on June 30, 1998.

(9) EBITDA  represents  net income (loss) plus  provision for income taxes,  net
    interest expense,  other (income) expense and depreciation and amortization.
    EBITDA is not a measurement in accordance with generally accepted accounting
    principles  ("GAAP") and should not be considered an alternative to, or more
    meaningful  than,  earnings (loss) from  operations,  net earnings (loss) or
    cash  flow  from  operations  as  defined  by  GAAP or as a  measure  of the
    Company's profitability or liquidity.  Not all companies calculate EBITDA in
    the same manner and, accordingly,  EBITDA shown herein may not be comparable
    to EBITDA shown by other  companies.  The Company has  included  information
    concerning EBITDA herein because management  believes EBITDA provides useful
    information. Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA plus certain other charges as
    described below.  The following table summarizes  EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA
    for all periods presented:

    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                   ----------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                            ACTUAL                              PRO FORMA
                                                   ---------------------------------------------------------   ----------
                                                        1995             1996            1997         1998        1998
                                                        ----             ----            ----         ----        ----
                                                                               (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                <C>              <C>              <C>            <C>        <C>
  EBITDA .......................................     $  (13,347)      $  (13,164)      $ (5,503)     $5,761      $6,660
  Contingent consideration paid to former
    owners of acquired businesses ..............             --              538          2,301          --          --
  Write-down of intangible assets ..............          8,191            9,965             --          --          --
  Acquired in-process research and
    development ................................             --               --          4,354          --          --
  Expenses related to the CES spin-off .........          2,864               --             --          --          --
  Contract and legal settlement provisions .....             --              609          1,059          --          --
                                                     ----------       ----------       --------      ------      ------
  Adjusted EBITDA ..............................     $   (2,292)      $   (2,052)      $  2,211      $5,761      $6,660
                                                     ==========       ==========       ========      ======      ======
</TABLE>
    

   

- -----------
(10) Transaction  volumes are not  available  for the fiscal year ended June 30,
     1995.

(11) Full-time  equivalents ("FTE") represents the number of full-time employees
     and  part-time  equivalents  of  full-time  employees  as of the end of the
     period shown.

    

                                        7

<PAGE>

                        QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

     The following table summarizes certain quarterly financial  information for
all periods presented:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                    THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                           ------------------------------------
                                             9/30/96    12/31/96     3/31/97
                                             -------    --------     -------
                                                      (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>         <C>        <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues ................................  $  8,179    $  7,831    $   8,954
 Income (loss) from operations ...........    (1,301)     (1,108)      (5,515)
 Net loss ................................    (1,465)     (1,324)      (5,072)
OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA (1) ..............................  $   (199)   $    (64)   $  (4,159)
 Contingent consideration paid to former
  owners of acquired businesses ..........       330         330          330
 Acquired in-process research and
  development ............................        --          --        4,354
 Contract and legal settlement provisions         --          --           --
                                            --------    --------    ---------
 Adjusted EBITDA(1) ......................  $    131    $    266    $     525
                                            ========    ========    =========

<CAPTION>

                                                                THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                           ------------------------------------------------------------
                                              6/30/97      9/30/97    12/31/97    3/31/98     6/30/98
                                              -------      -------    --------    -------     -------
                                                                  (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                        <C>           <C>         <C>        <C>         <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues ................................   $  10,315    $  9,241    $  9,849   $ 11,099    $ 12,101
 Income (loss) from operations ...........      (2,872)       (894)       (289)       (23)        224
 Net loss ................................      (3,603)     (1,561)     (1,216)      (949)       (909)
OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA (1) ..............................   $  (1,081)   $    704    $  1,309   $  1,729    $  2,019
 Contingent consideration paid to former
  owners of acquired businesses ..........       1,311          --          --         --          --
 Acquired in-process research and
  development ............................          --          --          --         --          --
 Contract and legal settlement provisions        1,059          --          --         --          --
                                             ---------    --------    --------   --------    --------
 Adjusted EBITDA(1) ......................   $   1,289    $    704    $  1,309   $  1,729    $  2,019
                                             =========    ========    ========   ========    ========
</TABLE>
    

     See  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of  Financial  Condition and
Results of Operations -- Quarterly Operating Results."

- -----------
(1) EBITDA  represents  net income (loss) plus  provision for income taxes,  net
    interest expense,  other (income) expense and depreciation and amortization.
    EBITDA  is not a  measurement  in  accordance  with GAAP and  should  not be
    considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than,  earnings (loss) from
    operations,  net earnings  (loss) or cash flow from operations as defined by
    GAAP or as a measure of the Company's  profitability  or liquidity.  Not all
    companies calculate EBITDA in the same manner and, accordingly, EBITDA shown
    herein may not be comparable to EBITDA shown by other companies. The Company
    has  included  information   concerning  EBITDA  herein  because  management
    believes  EBITDA  provides useful  information.  Adjusted EBITDA  represents
    EBITDA plus certain other charges as described above.

- -----------
   
     Except as otherwise  noted herein,  all  information in this Prospectus (i)
assumes no exercise of the Underwriters'  over-allotment option, (ii) assumes no
exercise of the Medic  Warrant  and (iii) has been  adjusted to give effect to a
one-for-4.5823 reverse stock split of all outstanding Common Stock (the "Reverse
Stock  Split").  The  Company's  Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par  value  ("Preferred
Stock"),  provides for  conversion  of the  aggregate  liquidation  value of the
Preferred Stock,  including accrued but unpaid  dividends,  into Common Stock at
the initial  public  offering  price per share.  However,  cash  realized by the
Company upon any  exercise of the  Underwriters'  overallotment  option would be
applied to the payment of accrued  dividends  in lieu of having  such  dividends
convert into Common Stock.  Except as otherwise noted herein,  each reference in
this Prospectus to Common Stock issuable upon conversion of all of the Preferred
Stock assumes a conversion  price of $14.00.  Based on an aggregate  liquidation
preference  of the  Preferred  Stock of  $31,424,375  (including  $7,428,775  of
accrued  dividends) as of July 31, 1998,  2,244,565 shares of Common Stock would
be so issuable as of such date. In addition,  concurrently with the consummation
of the Offering, an additional 66,375 shares of Common Stock will be issued upon
the exercise of certain  outstanding Common Stock purchase  warrants.  The Medic
Warrant to purchase  1,250,000 shares of Common Stock at the price to the public
in the Offering will remain  outstanding after the Offering.  Such conversion of
the Preferred Stock, and exercise of certain warrants, are referred to herein as
the  "Recapitalization."  See  "Capitalization,"  "Description of Common Stock,"
"Principal Stockholders" and "Underwriting."
    
                                       8

<PAGE>

                                 RISK FACTORS

     In addition to other information contained in this Prospectus,  prospective
investors should carefully consider the following risk factors before purchasing
the  shares  of  Common  Stock  offered   hereby.   This   Prospectus   contains
forward-looking  statements  relating to future  events or the future  financial
performance  of the  Company.  Prospective  investors  are  cautioned  that such
forward-looking  statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve
risks and  uncertainties.  Actual events or results may differ  materially  from
those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors
and the matters set forth in this Prospectus generally.

HISTORY OF OPERATING LOSSES; LIMITED OPERATING HISTORY

   
     The Company has experienced substantial net losses, including net losses of
$16.6  million,  $19.3  million,  $11.5  million and $4.6 million for the fiscal
years ended June 30, 1995, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively. The Company had an
accumulated  deficit of  approximately  $52.5  million as of June 30,  1998.  In
connection  with its  acquisitions  completed to date,  the Company has incurred
significant acquisition-related charges and will record significant amortization
expense related to goodwill and other intangible assets in future periods. There
can be no assurance that the Company will be able to achieve or sustain  revenue
growth  or   profitability  on  a  quarterly  or  annual  basis.  See  "Selected
Consolidated  Financial  Data" and  "Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations." 
    

     The Company's operating history is limited. The Company's prospects must be
considered  in  light  of  the  risks,  expenses  and  difficulties   frequently
encountered  by  companies  with  limited  operating   histories,   particularly
companies  in new and  rapidly  evolving  markets  such  as EDI and  transaction
processing.  Such  risks  include,  but are not  limited  to,  an  evolving  and
unpredictable  business model and the difficulties inherent in the management of
growth.  To address these risks, the Company must, among other things,  maintain
and increase its client base,  implement and  successfully  execute its business
and marketing  strategies,  continue to develop and upgrade its  technology  and
transaction-processing  systems,  provide  superior client  service,  respond to
competitive developments,  and attract, retain and motivate qualified personnel.
There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in addressing such
risks or in  achieving  profitability,  and the  failure  to do so could  have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations.

ACQUISITION STRATEGY; NEED FOR ADDITIONAL CAPITAL

     The Company's  strategy includes  acquisitions of healthcare EDI businesses
that  complement or supplement  the  Company's  business.  The success of such a
strategy  will  depend on many  factors,  including  the  Company's  ability  to
identify   suitable   acquisition   candidates,   the  purchase  price  and  the
availability  and terms of financing.  Significant  competition  for acquisition
opportunities  exists in the  healthcare EDI industry,  which may  significantly
increase the costs of and decrease the opportunities for acquisitions.  Although
the  Company  is  actively  pursuing  possible  acquisitions,  there  can  be no
assurance that any acquisition  will be consummated.  No assurances can be given
that the Company will be able to operate any acquired  businesses  profitably or
otherwise successfully implement its expansion strategy. The Company may finance
future  acquisitions  through  borrowings  or the  issuance  of debt  or  equity
securities.  There can be no assurance that future lenders will extend credit on
favorable terms, if at all. Further, any borrowings would increase the Company's
interest  expense and any  issuance of equity  securities  could have a dilutive
effect on the holders of Common  Stock.  The Company will not be able to account
for acquisitions  under the "pooling of interests" method for at least two years
following  the Offering.  Accordingly,  such future  acquisitions  may result in
significant goodwill and a corresponding  increase in the amount of amortization
expense and could also result in write-downs of purchased  assets,  all of which
could adversely affect the Company's operating results in future periods.

INTEGRATION OF ACQUIRED BUSINESSES

     The success of the Company's  acquisition  strategy also depends to a large
degree on the Company's  ability to effectively  integrate the acquired products
and  services,  facilities,  technologies,  personnel  and  operations  into the
Company. The process of integration often requires substantial management atten-

                                        9

<PAGE>

tion  and  other  corporate  resources,  and  the  Company  may  not be  able to
accurately  predict  the  resources  that will be needed to  integrate  acquired
operations.  There  can be no  assurance  that  the  Company  will  be  able  to
effectively  integrate any or all acquired companies or operations.  Any failure
to do so could  result in  operating  inefficiencies,  redundancies,  management
distraction  or  technological   difficulties   (among  other  possible  adverse
consequences),  any  of  which  could  have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

EVOLVING INDUSTRY STANDARDS AND RAPID TECHNOLOGICAL CHANGES

     The market for the  Company's  products  and services is  characterized  by
rapidly  changing  technology,  evolving  industry  standards  and the  frequent
introduction  of new and enhanced  services.  The Company's  success will depend
upon its ability to enhance its existing services, to introduce new products and
services  on  a  timely  and  cost-effective   basis  to  meet  evolving  client
requirements,  to achieve market  acceptance for new products or services and to
respond to emerging industry standards and other  technological  changes.  There
can be no  assurance  that the Company  will be able to respond  effectively  to
technological  changes  or new  industry  standards.  Moreover,  there can be no
assurance  that  other  companies  will  not  develop  competitive  products  or
services,  or that any such  competitive  products or services  will not have an
adverse  effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.

DEPENDENCE ON CONNECTIONS TO PAYORS

     The  Company's  business is enhanced  by the  substantial  number of payors
(such as insurance companies, Medicare and Medicaid agencies and Blue Cross/Blue
Shield  organizations)  to which the Company has electronic  connections.  These
connections  may either be made  directly  or through a  clearinghouse  or other
intermediary.  The  Company has  attempted  to enter into  suitable  contractual
relationships to ensure long term payor connectivity;  however,  there can be no
assurance  that the Company  will be able to maintain  its links with all payors
with whom it currently has connections.  In addition,  there can be no assurance
that the Company  will be able to develop new  connections  (either  directly or
through  clearinghouses)  on  satisfactory  terms,  if at all.  Lastly,  certain
third-party  payors  provide  EDI  systems  directly  to  healthcare  providers,
bypassing  third-party  processors such as the Company.  The failure to maintain
its  existing  connections  with  payors and  clearinghouses  or to develop  new
connections  as  circumstances  warrant,  or an increase in the  utilization  of
direct links between providers and payors,  could have a material adverse effect
on the Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

DEVELOPMENT OF EDI PROCESSING IN THE HEALTHCARE INDUSTRY

     The Company's strategy anticipates that electronic processing of healthcare
transactions,  including  transactions  involving  clinical as well as financial
information,  will become more  widespread  and that  providers and  third-party
payors  increasingly  will use EDI  processing  networks for the  processing and
transmission  of data.  Electronic  transmission  of healthcare  transactions is
still developing, and complexities in the nature and types of transactions which
must be processed have hindered,  to some degree, the development and acceptance
of EDI  processing  in this  market.  There can be no assurance  that  continued
conversion  from  paper-based  transaction  processing to EDI  processing in the
healthcare industry will occur or that, to the extent it does occur,  healthcare
providers  and  payors  will use  independent  processors  such as the  Company.
Furthermore,  if EDI processing  extensively penetrates the healthcare market or
becomes highly  standardized,  it is possible that competition among transaction
processors will focus increasingly on pricing. If competition causes the Company
to reduce its pricing in order to retain market share,  the Company may suffer a
material  adverse  change in its  business,  financial  condition and results of
operations.

POTENTIAL VARIABILITY IN QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

     The Company's quarterly operating results have varied  significantly in the
past and are likely to vary from  quarter to  quarter in the  future.  Quarterly
revenues  and  operating  results  may  fluctuate  as a result of a  variety  of
factors, including:  integration of acquired businesses; seasonal variability of
demand

                                       10

<PAGE>

for  healthcare  services  generally;  the number,  timing and  significance  of
announcements  and  releases  of product  enhancements  and new  products by the
Company  and its  competitors;  the timing  and  significance  of  announcements
concerning the Company's present or prospective strategic alliances; the loss of
clients due to consolidation in the healthcare industry;  legislation or changes
in government  policies or regulations  relating to healthcare  EDI  processing;
delays in product  installation  requested  by clients;  the length of the sales
cycle or the timing of sales;  client  budgeting  cycles  and  changes in client
budgets; marketing and sales promotional activities;  software defects and other
quality factors; and general economic conditions.

     The  Company's  operating  expense  levels,  which will  increase  with the
addition of acquired  businesses,  are relatively  fixed.  If revenues are below
expectations,  net income is likely to be disproportionately adversely affected.
Further, in some future quarters the Company's revenues or operating results may
be below the expectations of securities  analysts and investors.  In such event,
the trading  price of the  Company's  Common  Stock would  likely be  materially
adversely  affected.  See  "Summary  --  Quarterly  Financial  Information"  and
"Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis of Financial  Condition  and Results of
Operations -- Quarterly Operating Results."

PROPOSED HEALTHCARE DATA CONFIDENTIALITY LEGISLATION

     Legislation that imposes restrictions on third-party processors' ability to
analyze  certain  patient  data  without   specific  patient  consent  has  been
introduced in the U.S. Congress.  Although the Company does not currently access
or analyze individually identifiable patient information,  such legislation,  if
adopted,  could  adversely  affect the  ability  of  third-party  processors  to
transmit  information  such as treatment and clinical data, and could  adversely
affect the Company's  ability to expand into related areas of the EDI healthcare
market. In addition,  the Health Insurance  Portability and Accountability  Act,
passed  in  1997,  mandates  the  establishment  of  federal  standards  for the
confidentiality,   format  and   transmission   of  patient  data,  as  well  as
recordkeeping and data security  obligations.  It is possible that the standards
so developed will necessitate changes to the Company's  operations,  which could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition
and results of operations.

COMPETITION

     The   Company   faces   significant   competition   from   healthcare   and
non-healthcare  EDI  processing  companies.  The  Company  also faces  potential
competition  from  other  companies,  such as vendors  of  provider  information
management  systems,  which  have  added or may add  their own  proprietary  EDI
processing systems to existing or future products and services.  Competition may
be  experienced  in the form of  pressure  to reduce per  transaction  prices or
eliminate per  transaction  pricing  altogether.  If EDI processing  becomes the
standard for claims and  information  processing,  a number of larger and better
capitalized  entities  may  elect to enter the  industry  and  further  increase
competitive  pricing  pressures.  Many of the  Company's  existing and potential
competitors  are larger and have  significantly  greater  financial,  marketing,
technological  and other  resources than the Company.  There can be no assurance
that  increased  competition  will not have a  material  adverse  effect  on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations. See "Business
- -- Competition."

RISK OF INTERRUPTION OF DATA PROCESSING

     The  Company  currently  processes  its  data  through  its  facilities  in
Twinsburg,  Ohio, Mitchel Field, New York, and Atlanta,  Georgia.  The Twinsburg
and Mitchel Field sites are designed to be redundant.  Additionally, the Company
transmits data through a number of different  telecommunications networks, using
a variety of different  technologies.  However,  the occurrence of an event that
overcomes the data processing and transmission  redundancies then in place could
lead to service  interruptions  and could have a material  adverse effect on the
Company's business, financial condition and results of operations.

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

     Many currently  installed  computer systems and software products are coded
to accept only two digit entries in the date code field.  These date code fields
will need to accept four digit  entries to  distinguish  21st century dates from
20th century dates. As a result, prior to January 1, 2000, computer systems

                                       11

<PAGE>

   

and/or  software used by many companies  (including the Company) will need to be
upgraded to comply with such "Year 2000" requirements.  Significant  uncertainty
exists in the software  industry  concerning the potential  consequences  of the
Year 2000 phenomenon.  Although the Company  currently offers software  products
that  are  designed  or  have  been  modified  to  comply  with  the  Year  2000
requirements,  there can be no assurance  that the  Company's  current  software
contains all  necessary  date code  changes.  The Company  believes that certain
installations of its products and certain products currently used by its clients
in conjunction with third-party  vendors'  products are not Year 2000 compliant.
Certain of the Company's physician benefit management clients are being migrated
from the Company's PBM system in Ohio to its PBM system  acquired from Stockton,
which the Company  considers to be Year 2000  compliant.  The total revenue from
such clients was  $6,245,000 in fiscal 1998. A testing and  migration  timetable
for all such clients has been developed, with migration activities scheduled for
completion in mid-1999. 
    

     While the  Company  has plans to address  the  problems  related to its own
products  within the coming year,  there can be no  assurance  that the costs of
bringing these systems into  compliance will not be  significantly  greater than
expected or that  compliance  will be achieved in a timely manner.  In addition,
there can be no assurance  that the  Company's  current  products do not contain
undetected  errors or defects  associated with Year 2000 date functions that may
result  in  material  costs  to the  Company.  Moreover,  even if the  Company's
products  and  services  satisfy  such  requirements,  the products and services
provided to the Company's  clients by other  software  vendors,  and the systems
used by certain payors,  may not be Year 2000 compliant,  thereby disrupting the
ability of the  Company's  clients to use the  Company's  software  or to obtain
reimbursement  in a timely manner.  An adverse impact on such clients due to the
Year 2000  issue  could  also have a material  adverse  effect on the  Company's
business,  financial condition and results of operations.  See "Business -- Year
2000 Compliance."

DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL

     The  Company's  performance  depends in  significant  part on the continued
service of its executive officers, its product managers and key sales, marketing
and development personnel. The Company considers its key management personnel to
be Thomas P. Staudt,  President and Chief Executive Officer,  William M. McManus
and Roger L. Primeau, in charge of the  pharmacy/medical  and dental operations,
respectively,  James T. Stinton,  the Company's Chief Information  Officer,  and
Richard Bankosky, the Company's Chief Financial Officer. No single individual is
considered by the Company to be critical to the Company's  success.  The Company
does not maintain  employment  agreements with these officers or other employees
(with limited exceptions) and the failure to retain the services of such persons
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

UNCERTAINTY AND CONSOLIDATION IN THE HEALTHCARE INDUSTRY

     The  healthcare  industry is subject to changing  political,  economic  and
regulatory  influences that may affect the procurement  practices and operations
of healthcare industry participants. Federal and state legislatures periodically
consider programs to modify or amend the United States healthcare system at both
the federal and state level.  These  programs may contain  proposals to increase
governmental  involvement in healthcare,  lower reimbursement rates or otherwise
change  the  environment  in which  healthcare  industry  participants  operate.
Healthcare   industry   participants  may  react  to  these  proposals  and  the
uncertainty  surrounding such proposals by curtailing or deferring  investments,
including investments in the Company's products and services. In addition,  many
healthcare  providers are  consolidating  to create larger  healthcare  delivery
organizations.  This  consolidation  reduces the number of potential clients for
the  Company's   services,   and  the  increased   bargaining   power  of  these
organizations  could lead to  reductions  in the amounts paid for the  Company's
services.  Other healthcare information companies,  such as billing services and
practice  management  vendors,  which currently utilize the Company's  services,
could develop or acquire transaction processing and networking  capabilities and
may cease  utilizing the Company's  services in the future.  The impact of these
developments in the healthcare industry is difficult to predict and could have a
material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial  condition and
results of operations. To the extent that the current trend toward consolidation
in the industry  continues,  MEDE  AMERICA may find it more  difficult to obtain
access to payors, information provid-

                                       12

<PAGE>

ers and  practice  management  software  vendors on whom its  ability to deliver
services  and enroll new clients now depends.  Loss of access to these  industry
participants could materially adversely affect the Company's business, financial
condition and results of operations.

DEPENDENCE ON INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY; RISK OF INFRINGEMENT

     The  Company's  ability to  compete  effectively  depends to a  significant
extent on its ability to protect its proprietary information. The Company relies
on a  combination  of statutory  and common law  copyright,  trademark and trade
secret laws, client licensing agreements, employee and third-party nondisclosure
agreements and other methods to protect its proprietary rights. The Company does
not include in its software any  mechanisms  to prevent or inhibit  unauthorized
use, but generally enters into confidentiality  agreements with its consultants,
clients and  potential  clients and limits access to, and  distribution  of, its
proprietary information.  The Company has not filed any patent applications with
respect to its intellectual  property.  It is the Company's policy to defend its
intellectual  property;  however, there can be no assurance that the steps taken
by the  Company to protect  its  proprietary  information  will be  adequate  to
prevent  misappropriation  of its  technology or that the Company's  competitors
will not independently develop technologies that are substantially equivalent or
superior to the Company's technology.

     The Company is also  subject to the risk of alleged  infringement  by it of
intellectual  property  rights of others.  Although the Company is not currently
aware of any  pending or  threatened  infringement  claims  with  respect to the
Company's  current  or future  products,  there can be no  assurance  that third
parties will not assert such claims.  Any such claims could  require the Company
to enter into  license  arrangements  or could result in  protracted  and costly
litigation,  regardless of the merits of such claims.  No assurance can be given
that any  necessary  licenses  will be available  or that,  if  available,  such
licenses  can  be  obtained  on  commercially  reasonable  terms.   Furthermore,
litigation  may be  necessary  to enforce the  Company's  intellectual  property
rights,  to protect the Company's  trade secrets,  to determine the validity and
scope of the  proprietary  rights  of  others  or to  defend  against  claims of
infringement. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of
resources and could have a material  adverse  effect on the Company's  business,
financial condition and results of operations.

     The Company expects that software  developers will  increasingly be subject
to such claims as the number of products and competitors  providing software and
services to the  healthcare  industry  increases  and overlaps  occur.  Any such
claim, with or without merit, could result in costly litigation or might require
the Company to enter into  royalty or licensing  agreements,  any of which could
have a material adverse effect on the Company's  business,  financial  condition
and results of operations.  Such royalty or licensing  agreements,  if required,
may not be available on terms acceptable to the Company or at all.

RISK OF PRODUCT DEFECTS

     Products  such as those  offered  by the  Company  may  contain  errors  or
experience  failures,  especially when initially introduced or when new versions
are  released.  While the Company  conducts  extensive  testing to address these
errors  and  failures,  there can be no  assurance  that  errors or  performance
failures will not occur in products  under  development  or in  enhancements  to
current  products.  Any such errors or failures could result in loss of revenues
and clients,  delay in market  acceptance,  diversion of development  resources,
damage to the Company's  reputation  or increased  service  costs,  any of which
could  have a  material  adverse  effect on the  Company's  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.  To date,  the Company has not  experienced
any material product defects.

CONTROL BY EXISTING STOCKHOLDERS

     After the  Offering,  49.7% of the Common Stock will be owned by investment
funds affiliated with Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe, a private investment firm
("WCAS")  and 7.9% will be owned by  investment  funds  affiliated  with William
Blair  Capital  Partners  L.L.C.  ("WBCP").  See  "Principal  Shareholders"  and
"Description  of  Capital  Stock  --  Recapitalization."  As a  result  of  this
concentration of ownership,  these  shareholders may be able to exercise control
over matters requiring shareholder ap-

                                       13

<PAGE>

proval,  including  the  election  of  directors  and  approval  of  significant
corporate  transactions.  Such  control  may  have  the  effect  of  delaying or
preventing  a change in control of the Company. The Company's Board of Directors
currently  includes  Thomas  E. McInerney and Anthony J. de Nicola, designees of
WCAS,  and Timothy M. Murray, a designee of WBCP. The funds affiliated with WCAS
may  be  deemed  to  be  controlled  by  their  respective general partners, the
general  partners  of  each  of  which  include  some  or  all  of the following
individuals:  Thomas  E.  McInerney  and  Anthony J. de Nicola, directors of the
Company,  Patrick  J.  Welsh,  Russell  L. Carson, Bruce K. Anderson, Richard H.
Stowe,  Andrew  M.  Paul,  Robert  A.  Minicucci,  Paul  B. Queally and Laura M.
VanBuren.  The  funds  affiliated  with  WBCP  may be deemed to be controlled by
their  respective  general  partners,  the  general  partners  of  which include
William  Blair  & Company L.L.C. and certain of its employees, including Timothy
E. Murray, a director of the Company.

NO PUBLIC MARKET FOR THE COMMON STOCK; PRICE AND MARKET VOLATILITY

     Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  market  for the  Common
Stock,  and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop
or be sustained after this Offering or that the market price of the Common Stock
will not decline below the initial  public  offering  price.  The initial public
offering price has been determined by  negotiations  between the Company and the
Representatives  of the  Underwriters  and may not be  indicative  of the market
price of the Common Stock in the future.  See "Underwriting" for a discussion of
the factors  considered in determining the initial public  offering  price.  The
stock  market  has  from  time to time  experienced  extreme  price  and  volume
fluctuations, particularly in the securities of technology companies, which have
often been  unrelated to the  operating  performance  of  individual  companies.
Announcements  of  technological  innovations  or new  and  enhanced  commercial
products by the Company or its competitors,  market  conditions in the industry,
developments or disputes  concerning  proprietary  rights,  changes in earnings,
economic  and other  external  factors,  political  and other  developments  and
period-to-period  fluctuations  in  financial  results of the Company may have a
significant impact on the market price and marketability of the Company's Common
Stock.  Fluctuations in the trading price of the Common Stock may also adversely
affect the liquidity of the trading market for the Common Stock.

POTENTIAL ADVERSE EFFECT OF ANTI-TAKEOVER PROVISIONS

     The  Company's  Board of Directors is  authorized  to issue up to 5,000,000
shares of Preferred  Stock and to determine the price,  rights,  preferences and
privileges  of those shares  without any further vote or action by the Company's
stockholders.  The rights of the holders of Common Stock will be subject to, and
may be  adversely  affected  by,  the  rights of the  holders  of any  shares of
Preferred  Stock  that may be issued in the  future.  While the  Company  has no
present  intention to issue shares of Preferred Stock, any such issuance,  while
providing  desirable  flexibility in connection with possible  acquisitions  and
other corporate purposes,  could have the effect of making it more difficult for
a third  party to  acquire a majority  of the  outstanding  voting  stock of the
Company.  In addition,  such  Preferred  Stock may have other rights,  including
economic  rights  senior to the Common  Stock,  and, as a result,  the  issuance
thereof could have a material  adverse  effect on the market value of the Common
Stock.  Furthermore,  the Company is subject to the anti-takeover  provisions of
Section  203 of  the  Delaware  General  Corporation  Law  (the  "DGCL"),  which
prohibits  the  Company  from  engaging  in a  "business  combination"  with  an
"interested  stockholder"  for a period  of three  years  after  the date of the
transaction  in which such person  first  becomes an  "interested  stockholder,"
unless  the  business  combination  is  approved  in a  prescribed  manner.  The
application of these  provisions could have the effect of delaying or preventing
a change of control of the Company.  Certain other provisions of the Amended and
Restated  Certificate of Incorporation  and the Company's Bylaws could also have
the effect of delaying or  preventing  changes of control or  management  of the
Company,  which could adversely  affect the market price of the Company's Common
Stock.  See  "Description of Capital Stock -- Preferred  Stock" and "-- Delaware
Laws and Certain Charter and Bylaw Provisions; Anti-Takeover Measures."

SHARES  ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE; POSSIBLE ADVERSE EFFECT ON FUTURE MARKET PRICE

     Sales of Common Stock  (including  Common Stock issued upon the exercise of
outstanding  stock  options)  in the public  market  after this  Offering  could
materially  adversely  affect the market  price of the  Common  Stock.  Upon the
completion of this Offering and giving effect to the Recapitalization, the

                                       14

<PAGE>

   

Company will have  11,595,787  shares of Common Stock  outstanding,  assuming no
exercise of stock  options and no exercise of the  Underwriters'  over-allotment
option. Of these  outstanding  shares of Common Stock, the 3,600,000 shares sold
in this  Offering  will be  freely  tradeable,  without  restriction  under  the
Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities  Act"),  unless purchased by
"affiliates"  of the  Company,  as that  term is  defined  in Rule 144 under the
Securities Act. The remaining  7,995,787 shares of Common Stock held by existing
stockholders  are  "restricted  securities"  as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the  Securities Act and were issued and sold by the Company in reliance on
exemptions  from the  registration  requirements  of the  Securities  Act. These
shares may be resold in the public  market only if  registered or pursuant to an
exemption  from  registration,  such as Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act. All
officers,  directors and certain holders of Common Stock beneficially owning, in
the  aggregate,  approximately  shares of Common  Stock and  options to purchase
shares of Common Stock,  have agreed,  pursuant to certain  lock-up  agreements,
that they will not sell, offer to sell,  solicit an offer to purchase,  contract
to sell, grant any option to sell,  pledge, or otherwise transfer or dispose of,
directly or indirectly,  any shares of Common Stock owned by them, or that could
be purchased by them through the exercise of options to purchase Common Stock of
the Company,  for a period of 180 days after the date of this Prospectus without
the prior written  consent of Smith Barney Inc.  Upon  expiration of the lock-up
agreements, all shares of Common Stock currently outstanding will be immediately
eligible  for resale,  subject to the  requirements  of Rule 144. The Company is
unable to predict the effect that sales may have on the then  prevailing  market
price  of  the  Common  Stock.  See  "Management  --  Employee  Benefit  Plans,"
"Description of Capital Stock" and "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."     

BENEFITS OF THE OFFERING TO CURRENT STOCKHOLDERS

   

     Prospective investors should be aware that current holders of the Company's
Common Stock and Preferred  Stock will benefit from the Offering.  Approximately
$25.0  million of the net  proceeds of the  Offering  will be used to prepay all
then outstanding  principal and accrued interest on a Senior  Subordinated  Note
(as herein defined) held by WCAS Capital Partners II, L.P., one of the Company's
principal  stockholders.  In addition,  approximately  $18.0  million of the net
proceeds  will be used to repay all then  outstanding  indebtedness  and accrued
interest under the Company's  current Credit Facility (as herein  defined).  The
Credit   Facility,   which  is  guaranteed  by  the  Company's   four  principal
stockholders, will be replaced with a new facility, which will not be guaranteed
by a third party. See "Use of Proceeds" and "Certain Transactions."

     After the  Offering,  all existing  stockholders  will benefit from certain
changes  including  the  creation of a public  market for the  Company's  Common
Stock.  Moreover, the current shareholders will realize an immediate increase in
market and tangible book value.  Assuming an initial  public  offering  price of
$14.00 per share, the aggregate  unrealized gain to current  stockholders of the
Company,  based on the  difference  between  such public  offering  price of the
Common Stock and the  acquisition  cost of their equity,  will be $83.4 million.
See "Dilution."

    
IMMEDIATE AND SUBSTANTIAL DILUTION

   
     Purchasers  of  Common  Stock in the  Offering  will  incur  immediate  and
substantial dilution in the net tangible book value per share of Common Stock in
the amount of $13.10 per share,  at an assumed  initial public offering price of
$14.00 per share.  To the extent that  outstanding  options to  purchase  Common
Stock are exercised, there will be further dilution. See "Dilution." 
    

ABSENCE OF DIVIDENDS

     No  dividends  have  been  paid on the Common Stock to date and the Company
does  not  anticipate  paying  dividends  on the Common Stock in the foreseeable
future.  Moreover,  it is expected that the terms of the Amended Credit Facility
will  prohibit  the  Company  from  paying  dividends  on  the Common Stock. See
"Dividend Policy."

                                       15

<PAGE>

RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

     This  Prospectus  contains  certain  statements  that are  "forward-looking
statements," which include, among other things, the discussions of the Company's
business strategy and expectations concerning developments in the healthcare EDI
industry, the Company's market position, future operations,  transaction growth,
margins and profitability, and liquidity and capital resources. Investors in the
Common Stock offered  hereby are cautioned that such  forward-looking  statement
involves risks and  uncertainties,  and that although the Company  believes that
the assumptions on which the  forward-looking  statements  contained  herein are
reasonable,  any of those  assumptions  could prove to be  inaccurate,  and as a
result, the forward-looking  statements based on those assumptions also could be
incorrect.  The  uncertainties  in this regard include,  but are not limited to,
those  identified  in the risk factors  discussed  above.  In light of these and
other uncertainties,  the inclusion of a forward-looking statement herein should
not be regarded as a representation  by the Company that the Company's plans and
objectives will be achieved.

                                       16

<PAGE>

                                  THE COMPANY

     MEDE AMERICA is a leading  provider of EDI products and services to a broad
range of providers and payors in the healthcare industry.  The Company offers an
integrated suite of EDI solutions that allows hospitals, pharmacies, physicians,
dentists and other  healthcare  providers and provider groups to  electronically
edit, process and transmit claims, eligibility and enrollment data, track claims
submissions   throughout   the  claims   payment   process  and  obtain   faster
reimbursement  for their services.  In addition to offering  greater  processing
speed, the Company's EDI products reduce processing costs,  increase  collection
rates and result in more accurate data  interchange.  The Company maintains over
540 direct connections with insurance companies, Medicare and Medicaid agencies,
Blue Cross and Blue Shield systems and other third party payors, as well as over
500 indirect  connections with additional payors through claims  clearinghouses.
Currently,  the Company  processes  over 900,000  transactions  per day for over
65,000 providers  located in all 50 states.  The Company's  mission is to be the
leading provider of integrated  healthcare  transaction  processing  technology,
networks  and  databases,  enabling  its  clients to  improve  the  quality  and
efficiency of their services.

     The  Company  was  formed  in March  1995  through  the  consolidation  and
subsequent spin-off of three subsidiaries of Card Establishment  Services,  Inc.
("CES"),  in connection with the  acquisition by First Data  Corporation of CES'
credit card processing  business.  The three subsidiaries,  MedE America,  Inc.,
Medical Processing Center, Inc. ("MPC") and Wellmark,  Inc. ("Wellmark"),  which
comprised  the heathcare  services  business of CES,  historically  provided EDI
services to  hospitals  and  physicians.  After the  spin-off,  the Company made
several strategic acquisitions to strengthen its core hospital/medical  business
and to expand into the  pharmaceutical  and dental  markets.  In March 1995, the
Company acquired General Computer Corporation, subsequently renamed MEDE AMERICA
Corporation  of Ohio  (referred  to herein as "MEDE  OHIO"),  a developer of EDI
systems  and  services  for the  pharmaceutical  industry,  and in June 1995 the
Company acquired Latpon Health Systems,  Incorporated ("Latpon"), a developer of
proprietary EDI claims processing  software for hospitals and physicians.  These
acquisitions  were followed by  acquisitions  of Electronic  Claims and Funding,
Inc. ("EC&F"), and Premier Dental Systems, Corp.  ("Premier"),  in October 1995.
These  companies were engaged in the EDI and management  software  businesses in
the dental market.  The Company  enhanced its presence in the pharmacy market by
acquiring  Time-Share  Computer Systems,  Inc. ("TCS"), in February 1997 and The
Stockton Group, Inc. ("Stockton") in November 1997.

     The Company's  executive  offices are located at 90 Merrick  Avenue,  Suite
501, East Meadow, New York 11554, and its telephone number is (516) 542-4500.

                                       17

<PAGE>

                                USE OF PROCEEDS

   

     The net proceeds to the Company from the sale of the shares of Common Stock
offered  hereby,  assuming an initial public offering price of $14.00 per share,
are  estimated  to  be  $45.9  million  ($53.0  million  if  the   Underwriters'
over-allotment  option is  exercised in full),  after  deducting  the  estimated
offering fees and expenses  payable by the Company.  The Company  intends to use
the net proceeds from the Offering as follows:  (i) approximately  $25.0 million
to prepay all then outstanding principal and accrued interest on its outstanding
10% Senior  Subordinated  Note due February  14, 2002 (the "Senior  Subordinated
Note");   (ii)  approximately  $18.0  million  to  repay  all  then  outstanding
indebtedness and accrued interest under its current credit facility (the "Credit
Facility");  and (iii) the  balance for general  corporate  and working  capital
purposes.  Cash  realized by the Company upon any exercise of the  Underwriters'
overallotment  option  would be applied to the payment of accrued  dividends  in
lieu of having such  dividends  convert into Common Stock.  As of July 31, 1998,
such accrued dividends totaled $7,428,775.  See "Certain  Transactions." Pending
application to the foregoing uses, such proceeds will be invested in short-term,
investment-grade, interest-bearing obligations.

     Outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Credit  Facility  bear  interest  at a
weighted  average  rate of  6.93%  per  annum  (as of  June  30,  1998)  and are
guaranteed by WCAS and WBCP.  The Credit  Facility  matures on October 31, 1999.
The Company  has  received a letter  from the lender  under the Credit  Facility
committing to provide an amended credit facility (the "Amended Credit Facility")
with total available  credit of $15.0 million.  This facility would be comprised
of a $7.5  million  term  loan to be used for  acquisitions  and a $7.5  million
revolving  credit  loan to be used for  working  capital  purposes,  each with a
maximum term of two years from the earlier of the  completion of the Offering or
October 31,  1998.  Borrowings  under the Amended  Credit  Facility  will not be
guaranteed by any third party, but will be secured by  substantially  all of the
Company's  assets  including  the  stock  of  the  Company's  subsidiary.  It is
anticipated  that  the  Amended  Credit  Facility  will  take  effect  upon  the
consummation  of the  Offering.  See  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of  Operations  --  Liquidity  and  Capital
Resources." 
    

                                DIVIDEND POLICY

     The Company has never  declared or paid any  dividends  on its Common Stock
and does not  anticipate  paying any cash dividends in the  foreseeable  future.
Moreover,  it is expected  that the terms of the Amended  Credit  Facility  will
prohibit the Company  from paying  dividends  on the Common  Stock.  The Company
currently intends to retain any earnings to fund future growth and the operation
of its business. See "Risk Factors -- Absence of Dividends."

                                       18

<PAGE>

                                CAPITALIZATION
   

     The following table sets forth the capitalization of the Company as of June
30, 1998 on an actual basis and as adjusted to reflect the  Recapitalization and
the issuance and sale by the Company of 3,600,000 shares of Common Stock offered
hereby,  assuming an initial public  offering  price of $14.00 per share,  after
deducting the estimated  offering fees and expenses payable by the Company,  and
the  application  of the  net  proceeds  thereof  as  described  under  "Use  of
Proceeds."  The  following  table  should  be  read  in  conjunction   with  the
Consolidated  Financial  Statements and the notes thereto and the "Unaudited Pro
Forma  Consolidated   Financial   Information"   appearing   elsewhere  in  this
Prospectus. 
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        AS OF JUNE 30, 1998
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                     ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED(1)
                                                  -----------   ---------------
                                                         (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                               <C>           <C>
Long-term debt (including current portion)
 Senior Subordinated Note .....................    $  23,359       $      --
 Credit Facility ..............................       16,725              --
 Other debt ...................................        1,240           1,240
                                                   ---------       ---------
   Total long-term debt .......................       41,324           1,240
                                                   ---------       ---------
Redeemable cumulative preferred stock .........       31,223              --
                                                   ---------       ---------
Stockholders' (deficit) equity

 Common Stock(2) ..............................           57             116
 Additional paid-in capital ...................       25,584         102,670
 Accumulated deficit ..........................      (52,474)        (54,196)
 Deferred compensation ........................          (90)            (90)
                                                   ---------       ---------
 Total stockholders' (deficit) equity .........      (26,923)         48,500
                                                   ---------       ---------
 Total capitalization .........................    $  45,624       $  49,740
                                                   =========       =========
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
(1) As adjusted to reflect the Recapitalization and the sale of 3,600,000 shares
    of Common Stock offered by the Company  hereby at an assumed  initial public
    offering  price of $14.00 per share and the  anticipated  application of the
    estimated net proceeds therefrom.

   
(2) Excludes (i) 1,250,000 shares of Common Stock issuable pursuant to the Medic
    Warrant and (ii) 482,823  shares of Common Stock  reserved for issuance upon
    exercise of stock  options  outstanding  under the Stock Plan as of July 31,
    1998,  at a weighted  average  exercise  price of $4.84 per share,  of which
    212,715 are exercisable. See "Prospectus Summary -- Recent Developments" and
    "Management-Employee  Benefit Plans." Includes 66,375 shares of Common Stock
    issuable upon exercise of the Common Stock purchase warrants as contemplated
    by the Recapitalization. See "Description of Capital Stock."
    

                                       19

<PAGE>
                                   DILUTION

   
     The pro forma  deficit in net tangible book value of the Company as of June
30, 1998, after giving effect to the Recapitalization, was approximately $(33.7)
million or $(4.22) per share of Common Stock.  Pro forma net deficit in tangible
book value per share is determined by dividing the net tangible  deficit in book
value of the Company (pro forma tangible  assets less total  liabilities) by the
number of shares of Common Stock outstanding.  Dilution per share represents the
difference  between the amount per share paid by  purchasers of shares of Common
Stock in the  Offering  and the pro forma net  tangible  book value per share of
Common Stock immediately  after completion of the Offering.  Without taking into
account  any  changes in such pro forma net  tangible  book value after June 30,
1998,  other than to give effect to (i) the sale of  3,600,000  shares of Common
Stock by the Company in this  Offering  at an assumed  initial  public  offering
price of $14.00 per share and after  deducting the  estimated  fees and offering
expenses, (ii) the application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom and (iii)
the Recapitalization, the pro forma net tangible book value of the Company as of
June 30, 1998 would have been  approximately  $10.5  million or $0.90 per share.
This  represents  an immediate  increase in pro forma net tangible book value of
$5.12 per share to existing  stockholders and an immediate dilution in pro forma
net  tangible  book value of $13.10 per share to new  investors.  The  following
table illustrates this dilution on a per share basis.     

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                        <C>          <C>
   Assumed initial public offering price per share ......................               $ 14.00
     Pro forma net tangible book value per share before this Offering(1).  $(4.22)
     Increase per share attributable to new investors ...................    5.12

                                                                           ------
   Pro forma net tangible book value per share after this Offering ......                 0.90
                                                                                        -------
   Dilution per share to new investors(2) ...............................               $ 13.10
                                                                                        =======
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
   

(1) Pro forma net tangible book value per share of Common Stock is determined by
    dividing the  Company's pro forma deficit in net tangible book value at June
    30,  1998 of $(33.7)  million,  by the pro forma  number of shares of Common
    Stock outstanding, in each case after giving effect to the Recapitalization.

    

(2) Dilution per share to new investors is determined by  subtracting  pro forma
    net  tangible  book value per share  after this  Offering  from the  initial
    public offering price per share.

   

     The following  table sets forth,  on a pro forma basis as of June 30, 1998,
after  giving  effect to the  Recapitalization,  the  number of shares of Common
Stock purchased from the Company,  the total  consideration paid and the average
price per share  paid by  existing  stockholders  (excluding  the fair  value of
companies contributed in the March 1995 spin-off from CES) and to be paid by new
investors, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $14.00 per share
and before deducting estimated fees and expenses payable by the Company:

    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      SHARES PURCHASED          TOTAL CONSIDERATION         AVERAGE
                                  ------------------------   --------------------------      PRICE
                                     NUMBER       PERCENT        AMOUNT        PERCENT     PER SHARE
                                  ------------   ---------   --------------   ---------   ----------
<S>                               <C>            <C>         <C>              <C>         <C>
Existing stockholders .........    7,981,204      68.9%      $28,349,000       36.0%      $ 3.55
New investors .................    3,600,000      31.1        50,400,000       64.0       14.00
                                   ---------     -----       -----------      -----
Total .........................   11,581,204     100.0%      $78,749,000      100.0%
                                  ==========     =====       ===========      =====
</TABLE>
    

   

     The foregoing tables assume no exercise of any outstanding stock options to
purchase  Common  Stock.  At June 30, 1998 there were  483,041  shares of Common
Stock  issuable  upon  the  exercise  of stock  options  outstanding  under  the
Company's Stock Plans, of which 212,758 were currently exercisable. Such options
have a weighted  average  exercise price of $4.84 per share.  To the extent such
options are exercised,  there will be further dilution to the new investors. See
"Capitalization,"  "Management -- Employee  Benefit Plans" and  "Description  of
Capital Stock." 
    

                                       20

<PAGE>

            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL INFORMATION

   
     The following  unaudited pro forma consolidated  financial  information has
been  prepared by the  Company's  management  from the  historical  Consolidated
Financial  Statements of the Company and the notes thereto included elsewhere in
this Prospectus.  The unaudited pro forma  consolidated  statement of operations
for the year ended June 30, 1998  includes  adjustments  that give effect to (i)
the  acquisition of Stockton in November  1997,  (ii) the  Recapitalization  and
(iii) the  Offering,  as if they had occurred as of July 1, 1997.  The unaudited
pro forma consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 1998 gives effect to (i) the
Recapitalization and (ii) the Offering as if they had occurred on such date.

     The pro forma adjustments are based upon available  information and certain
assumptions that the Company  believes are reasonable  under the  circumstances.
The unaudited pro forma  consolidated  financial  information  should be read in
conjunction with the historical financial statements of the Company and Stockton
and the  respective  notes  thereto,  "Management's  Discussion  and Analysis of
Financial   Condition  and  Results  of  Operations"  and  the  other  financial
information  included  herein.  The unaudited pro forma  consolidated  financial
information is provided for information purposes only and does not purport to be
indicative of the results which would have been obtained had the  acquisition of
Stockton,  the  Recapitalization  and the Offering  been  completed on the dates
indicated or which may be expected to occur in the future.
    

                                       21

<PAGE>

   

            UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                        FOR THE YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998
                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                      ACTUAL
                                            ---------------------------
                                               COMPANY     STOCKTON(1)
                                               -------     -----------
<S>                                         <C>           <C>
Revenues ..................................   $  42,290       $1,646
Operating expenses:
 Operations ...............................      16,958          216
 Sales, marketing and client services.           10,765          298
 Research and development .................       3,941           43
 General and administrative ...............       4,865          161
 Depreciation and amortization ............       6,743           54

Total operating expenses ..................      43,272          772
                                              ---------       ------
Income (loss) from operations .............        (982)         874
Other (income) expense ....................         (12)          --
Interest expense (income), net ............       3,623           27
                                              ---------       ------
Income (loss) before provision for
 income taxes .............................      (4,593)         847
Provision for income taxes ................          42           --
                                              ---------       ------
Net income (loss) .........................      (4,635)         847
Preferred stock dividends .................      (2,400)          --
                                              ---------       ------
Net income (loss) applicable to
 common stockholders ......................   $  (7,035)      $  847
                                              =========       ======
Basic net loss per common share ...........   $   (1.24)
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding - Basic ......................       5,679           --

<CAPTION>

                                             RECAPITALIZATION
                                             AND ACQUISITIONS                     OFFERING      PRO FORMA,
                                                ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA      ADJUSTMENTS     AS ADJUSTED
                                            ------------------ ------------- ----------------- ------------
<S>                                         <C>                <C>           <C>               <C>
Revenues ..................................     $      --        $  43,936      $       --       $ 43,936
Operating expenses:

 Operations ...............................            29  (2)      17,203              --         17,203
 Sales, marketing and client services.                 --           11,063              --         11,063
 Research and development .................            --            3,984              --          3,984
 General and administrative ...............            --            5,026              --          5,026
 Depreciation and amortization ............           315 (3)        7,090              --          7,090
                                                      (22)(4)

Total operating expenses ..................           322           44,366              --         44,366
                                                ---------        ---------      ----------       --------
Income (loss) from operations .............          (322)            (430)             --           (430)
Other (income) expense ....................            --              (12)             --            (12)
Interest expense (income), net ............           252 (5)        3,902          (3,916)(6)        (14)
                                                ---------        ---------      ----------       --------
Income (loss) before provision for
 income taxes .............................          (574)          (4,320)          3,916           (404)
Provision for income taxes ................            --               42              --             42
                                                ---------        ---------      ----------       --------
Net income (loss) .........................          (574)          (4,362)          3,916 (7)       (446)
Preferred stock dividends .................         2,400 (8)           --              --             --
                                                ---------        ---------      ----------       --------
Net income (loss) applicable to
 common stockholders ......................     $   1,826        $  (4,362)     $    3,916       $   (446)
                                                =========        =========      ==========       ========
Basic net loss per common share ...........                                                      $  (0.05)
Weighted average common shares
 outstanding - Basic ......................            --            5,679           3,600 (9)      9,279
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>

   
- ---------
 DESCRIPTION OF ACQUISITION

     The  acquisition of Stockton was accounted for using the purchase method of
   accounting  and,  accordingly,  the net assets acquired have been recorded at
   estimated fair value on the date of acquisition and the historical  statement
   of  operations  data of the Company  reflects  the results of  operations  of
   Stockton from its date of acquisition.  The purchase price and the allocation
   of the purchase price to the acquired assets are as follows (in thousands):
    

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                  <C>

       Cash purchase price .......................    $10,674
                                                      =======
       Computer equipment ........................    $   260
       Purchased client lists ....................        903
       Purchased software and technology .........      1,230
       Goodwill ..................................      8,281
                                                      -------
                                                      $10,674
                                                      =======
</TABLE>
    

   

     The Company is also contingently liable for additional  consideration of up
   to  $2,600,000  (plus  interest  at an annual  rate of  7.25%) if  Stockton's
   revenue  during the 12-month  period  ending  September  30, 1998 is at least
   $5,000,000. Based on revenues recorded through July 31, 1998 by Stockton, the
   Company has accrued additional  contingent  consideration of $1,383,000 as of
   June 30,  1998  which  was  treated  as  additional  purchase  price and was,
   therefore, included in goodwill (but is not reflected in the chart above).

     The purchased  client lists are being  amortized on a  straight-line  basis
   over five years and the purchased software and technology  generally is being
   amortized on a straight-line basis over five years. Goodwill is
    

                                       22

<PAGE>

   
   being amortized on a straight-line basis over 20 years. Computer equipment is
   being amortized on a straight-line basis over three years.

 (1) Represents  the  historical  results of operations of Stockton from July 1,
     1997 through the date of acquisition by the Company in November 1997.

 (2) Represents rent expense  relating to a new operating lease for the Stockton
     facility.

 (3) Represents  adjustments for amortization expense related to the acquisition
     of Stockton as if it had occurred July 1, 1997, as follows (in thousands):
    

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                    <C>

         Purchased client lists ....................    $  67
         Purchased software and technology .........       92
         Goodwill ..................................      156
                                                        -----
                                                        $ 315
                                                        =====

</TABLE>
    

   

 (4) Represents  the  elimination  of  depreciation  and  amortization  expenses
     relating to assets of Stockton that were not acquired.

 (5) The interest expense adjustment is as follows (in thousands): 
    

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                          <C>

         Elimination of historical interest expense of Stockton ..........................     $  (38)
         Interest expense on borrowings under the Credit Facility used to fund Stockton
          acquisition at a composite interest rate of 6.93% (The effect of a .125%
          variance in the interest rate on the pro forma adjustment for the year ended
          June 30, 1998 would be $5). ....................................................        290
                                                                                               ------
                                                                                               $  252
                                                                                               ======

</TABLE>
    

   
 (6) The interest expense adjustment  relating to the Offering is as follows (in
     thousands):
    

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                             <C>
         Interest expense on Senior Subordinated Note including amortiza-
          tion of discount ..................................................     $ (2,859)
         Interest expense on borrowings under the Credit Facility ...........       (1,057)
                                                                                  --------
                                                                                  $ (3,916)
                                                                                  ========
</TABLE>
    

   

 (7) In connection  with the  repayment of  outstanding  indebtedness  under the
     Credit Facility and the Senior  Subordinated  Note, the Company will record
     an extraordinary  charge relating to the elimination of deferred  financing
     costs  associated  with  the  Credit  Facility  and  the  write-off  of the
     remaining discount on the Senior  Subordinated Note. Such charge would have
     approximated  $2,025,000 as of July 1, 1997, consisting of $25,000 relating
     to the write-off of deferred  financing  costs  associated  with the Credit
     Facility and $2,000,000 relating to the write-off of the remaining discount
     on the Senior Subordinated Note. Such charge has been excluded from the pro
     forma statement of operations.

 (8) Represents the elimination of the dividends  accrued on the Preferred Stock
     due to the Recapitalization.

 (9) Represents  the sale by the Company of 3,600,000  shares of Common Stock in
     the Offering.

    

                                       23

<PAGE>

                 UNAUDITED PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEET

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            AS OF JUNE 30, 1998
                                                     -------------------------------
                                                                       ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                     RELATING TO THE
                                                         ACTUAL     RECAPITALIZATION
                                                      ------------ ------------------
                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>          <C>

ASSETS
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..........................  $   2,950      $        --
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubt-
   ful accounts .....................................      7,920               --
 Formulary receivables ..............................      2,341               --
 Inventory ..........................................        211               --
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........        537               --
                                                       ---------      -----------
   Total current assets .............................     13,959               --
Property and equipment-Net ..........................      4,711               --
Goodwill-Net ........................................     32,522               --
Other intangible assets-Net .........................      5,501               --
Other assets ........................................        470               --
                                                       ---------      -----------
Total ...............................................  $  57,163      $        --
                                                       =========      ===========

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current Liabilities:
 Accounts payable ...................................  $   3,630      $        --
 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.           7,715               --
 Current portion of long-term debt ..................        269               --
                                                       ---------      -----------
   Total current liabilities ........................     11,614               --
Long-term debt ......................................     41,055               --
Other long-term liabilities .........................        194               --
Redeemable cumulative preferred stock ...............     31,223          (31,223)(1)
Stockholders' equity (deficit): .....................
 Common Stock .......................................         57               22 (1)
                                                                                1 (2)
 Additional paid-in capital .........................     25,584           31,201 (1)
                                                                               (1)(2)
 Accumulated deficit ................................    (52,474)              --
 Deferred compensation ..............................        (90)              --
                                                       ---------      -----------
   Total stockholders' equity (deficit) .............    (26,923)          31,223
                                                       ---------      -----------
Total ...............................................  $  57,163      $        --
                                                       =========      ===========

<CAPTION>

                                                                   AS OF JUNE 30, 1998
                                                      ---------------------------------------------
                                                                       ADJUSTMENTS
                                                                       RELATING TO      PRO FORMA,
                                                       PRO FORMA      THE OFFERING      AS ADJUSTED
                                                      ----------- -------------------- ------------
                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                   <C>         <C>                  <C>
ASSETS
Current Assets:
 Cash and cash equivalents ..........................  $   2,950     $      3,431 (3)   $   6,381
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubt-
   ful accounts .....................................      7,920               --           7,920
 Formulary receivables ..............................      2,341               --           2,341
 Inventory ..........................................        211               --             211
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets ..........        537               --             537
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
   Total current assets .............................     13,959            3,431          17,390
Property and equipment-Net ..........................      4,711               --           4,711
Goodwill-Net ........................................     32,522               --          32,522
Other intangible assets-Net .........................      5,501               --           5,501
Other assets ........................................        470              (81)(4)         389
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
Total ...............................................  $  57,163     $      3,350       $  60,513
                                                       =========     ============       =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
Current Liabilities:
 Accounts payable ...................................  $   3,630     $         --       $   3,630
 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities.           7,715             (766)(3)       6,949
 Current portion of long-term debt ..................        269              395 (4)         664
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
   Total current liabilities ........................     11,614             (371)(3)      11,243
Long-term debt ......................................     41,055          (41,725)(3)        576
                                                                            1,246 (4)
Other long-term liabilities .........................        194               --             194
Redeemable cumulative preferred stock ...............         --               --              --
Stockholders' equity (deficit): .....................
 Common Stock .......................................         80               36 (3)         116
 Additional paid-in capital .........................     56,784           45,886 (3)     102,670
 Accumulated deficit ................................    (52,474)          (1,722)(4)     (54,196)
 Deferred compensation ..............................        (90)              --             (90)
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
   Total stockholders' equity (deficit) .............      4,300           44,200          48,500
                                                       ---------     ------------       ---------
Total ...............................................  $  57,163     $      3,350       $  60,513
                                                       =========     ============       =========
</TABLE>
    

   
- ----------
(1) Represents the conversion of outstanding  Preferred  Stock and $7,227,000 of
    accrued  dividends on the  Preferred  Stock into Common Stock in  connection
    with the Recapitalization.

(2) Represents the exercise of all Common Stock purchase  warrants in connection
    with the Recapitalization.

(3) Represents the sale by the Company of 3,600,000 shares of Common Stock at an
    assumed public offering price of $14.00 per share and the application of the
    net proceeds to the Company as follows:
    

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                   <C>
       PROCEEDS
        Gross proceeds from Offering ..............................................    $  50,400
        Underwriting discount and commissions .....................................       (3,528)
        Estimated Offering expenses ...............................................         (950)
                                                                                       ---------
         Net proceeds .............................................................       45,922
                                                                                       ---------
       USES
        Repay Senior Subordinated Note ............................................      (25,000)
        Repay borrowings under the Credit Facility ................................      (16,725)
        Repay accrued interest on Senior Subordinated Note and borrowings under the
         Credit Facility ..........................................................         (766)
                                                                                       ---------
         Total uses ...............................................................      (42,491)
                                                                                       ---------
         Excess proceeds ..........................................................    $   3,431
                                                                                       =========
</TABLE>
    

   
(4) Represents a $81,000 decrease in other assets relating to the elimination of
    deferred  financing  costs  associated  with  the  Credit  Facility  and the
    write-off  of the  remaining  discount  on the Senior  Subordinated  Note of
    $1,641,000,  both of which will be recorded as extraordinary  items upon the
    consummation of the Offering.
    

                                       24

<PAGE>

                     SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA

   

     The statement of operations  data presented  below for the years ended June
30, 1996,  1997 and 1998 and the balance sheet data as of June 30, 1997 and 1998
are derived  from,  and  qualified  by  reference  to, the audited  consolidated
financial  statements of the Company included elsewhere herein. The statement of
operations  data for the year ended June 30, 1995 and the balance  sheet data as
of June 30, 1995 and 1996 are derived  from,  and qualified by reference to, the
audited  consolidated  financial  statements of the Company not included herein.
The selected consolidated financial data should be read in conjunction with, and
is qualified in its entirety by, the  Consolidated  Financial  Statements of the
Company,  the  notes  thereto  and  the  other  financial  information  included
elsewhere in this Prospectus. 
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                    YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                              ----------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1995             1996           1997            1998
                                                                    ----             ----           ----            ----
                                                                           (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                           <C>              <C>              <C>          <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
 Revenues(1) ................................................    $ 16,246         $ 31,768       $  35,279       $ 42,290
 Operating expenses:
  Operations ................................................       9,753           19,174          16,817         16,958
  Sales, marketing and client services ......................       3,615            7,064           8,769         10,765
  Research and development ..................................       2,051            2,132           3,278          3,941
  General and administrative ................................       3,119            6,059           5,263          4,865
  Depreciation and amortization .............................       2,995            5,176           5,293          6,743
  Write-down of intangible assets ...........................       8,191 (2)        9,965 (3)          --             --
  Acquired in-process research and development (4). .........          --               --           4,354             --
  Other charges (5) .........................................       2,864              538           2,301             --
                                                                 ---------        ---------      ---------       --------
 Total operating expenses ...................................      32,588           50,108          46,075         43,272
                                                                 ---------        ---------      ---------       --------
 Loss from operations .......................................     (16,342)         (18,340)        (10,796)          (982)
 Other (income) expense .....................................          --              313            (893)           (12)
 Interest expense, net ......................................         189              584           1,504          3,623
                                                                 ---------        ---------      ---------       --------
 Loss before provision for income taxes .....................     (16,531)         (19,237)        (11,407)        (4,593)
 Provision for income taxes .................................          70               93              57             42
                                                                 ---------        ---------      ---------       --------
 Net loss ...................................................     (16,601)         (19,330)        (11,464)        (4,635)
 Preferred stock dividends ..................................         (27)          (2,400)         (2,400)        (2,400)
                                                                 ---------        ---------      ---------       --------
 Net loss applicable to common stockholders .................    $(16,628)        $(21,730)      $ (13,864)      $ (7,035)
                                                                 =========        =========      =========       ========
 Basic net loss per common share ............................    $  (3.17)        $  (4.14)      $   (2.56)      $  (1.24)(6)
 Weighted average common shares outstanding-Basic ...........       5,238            5,245           5,425          5,679
</TABLE>
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                            AS OF JUNE 30,
                                                       --------------------------------------------------------
                                                          1995          1996            1997           1998
                                                          ----          ----            ----           ----
                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                    <C>         <C>             <C>             <C>
BALANCE SHEET DATA:
 Working capital ...................................    $   504      $  (4,207)      $  (2,567)     $   2,345
 Total assets ......................................     59,511         43,031          45,459         57,163
 Long-term debt, including current portion .........      5,805         11,601          25,161         41,324
 Redeemable cumulative preferred stock .............     24,023         26,423          28,823         31,223
 Stockholders' equity (deficit) ....................     12,942         (8,472)        (20,069)       (26,923)
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                        YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                    -----------------------------------------------------------
                                                         1995            1996            1997           1998
                                                         ----            ----            ----           ----
                                                            (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER TRANSACTION DATA)
<S>                                                 <C>             <C>             <C>             <C>
OTHER DATA:
 EBITDA (7) .....................................     $ (13,347)      $ (13,164)      $  (5,503)     $   5,761
 Adjusted EBITDA (7) ............................        (2,292)         (2,052)          2,211          5,761
 Cash flows from operating activities ...........        (3,561)         (1,653)         (4,020)        (2,500)
 Cash flows from investing activities ...........       (22,074)         (4,919)        (12,221)       (12,104)
 Cash flows from financing activities ...........        33,434             657          15,521         15,635

 Transactions processed(8)
  Pharmacy ......................................            --         107,032         126,211        188,114
  Medical .......................................            --          15,687          23,075         31,564
  Dental ........................................            --           6,021          12,188         14,681
                                                      ---------       ---------       ---------      ---------
   Total transactions processed .................            --         128,740         161,474        234,359

 Transactions per FTE (8)(9) ....................            --             321             415            642
 Revenue per FTE (9) ............................     $      48       $      79       $      91      $     116
 Operating expenses per transaction (8) .........            --             0.39            0.29           0.18
</TABLE>
    

   
                                                   (Footnotes on following page)
    

                                       25

<PAGE>

   

(1) During the periods presented,  the Company made a series of acquisitions and
    divested certain non-core or unprofitable operations.  Revenues attributable
    to these  divested  operations,  which  are  included  in the  statement  of
    operations data, were $1,709,000, $3,617,000, $2,252,000 and $241,000 in the
    fiscal years ended June 30, 1995, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.

    

(2) Reflects the write-off of goodwill  related to the  acquisitions  of MPC and
    Wellmark.

(3) Reflects  the  write-down  of costs  relating  to client  lists and  related
    allocable goodwill obtained in the acquisition of MEDE OHIO.

(4) Reflects the write-off of acquired in-process research and development costs
    upon the consummation of the TCS acquisition.
   

(5) Reflects (i) expenses of $2,864,000  relating to the spin-off of the Company
    by CES in the fiscal  year ended June 30,  1995 and (ii)  expenses  recorded
    relating  to  contingent  consideration  paid to former  owners of  acquired
    businesses  of $538,000  and  $2,301,000  in the fiscal years ended June 30,
    1996 and 1997, respectively.

(6) Supplemental  net loss per  share,  giving  effect to the  Recapitalization,
    would be $(0.59) for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998.

    
(7) EBITDA  represents  net income (loss) plus  provision for income taxes,  net
    interest expense,  other (income) expense and depreciation and amortization.
    EBITDA  is not a  measurement  in  accordance  with GAAP and  should  not be
    considered an alternative to, or more meaningful than,  earnings (loss) from
    operations,  net earnings  (loss) or cash flow from operations as defined by
    GAAP or as a measure of the Company's  profitability  or liquidity.  Not all
    companies calculate EBITDA in the same manner and, accordingly, EBITDA shown
    herein may not be comparable to EBITDA shown by other companies. The Company
    has  included  information   concerning  EBITDA  herein  because  management
    believes  EBITDA  provides useful  information.  Adjusted EBITDA  represents
    EBITDA plus certain other charges as described  below.  The following  table
    summarizes EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA for all periods presented:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                  YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                               ----------------------------------------------------------
                                                                    1995             1996            1997          1998
                                                                    ----             ----            ----          ----
                                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                            <C>              <C>              <C>            <C>
  EBITDA ...................................................     $  (13,347)      $  (13,164)      $ (5,503)     $5,761
  Contingent consideration paid to former owners of acquired
   businesses ..............................................             --              538          2,301          --
  Write-down of intangible assets ..........................          8,191            9,965             --          --
  Acquired in-process research and development .............             --               --          4,354          --
  Expenses related to the CES spin-off .....................          2,864               --             --          --
  Contract and legal settlement provisions .................             --              609          1,059          --
                                                                 ----------       ----------       --------      ------
  Adjusted EBITDA ..........................................     $   (2,292)      $   (2,052)      $  2,211      $5,761
                                                                 ==========       ==========       ========      ======
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
(8) Transaction  volumes  are not  available  for the fiscal year ended June 30,
    1995.

(9) Full-time  equivalents  ("FTE") represents the number of full-time employees
    and part-time equivalents of full-time employees as of the end of the period
    shown.

                                       26

<PAGE>

                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The  following  discussion  of  the  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations  of the  Company  should be read in  conjunction  with the  financial
statements,  including the notes thereto,  of the Company included  elsewhere in
this Prospectus. This Prospectus contains forward-looking statements relating to
future  events or  future  financial  performance  of the  Company.  Prospective
investors  are  cautioned  that  any  such  forward-looking  statements  are not
guarantees of future  performance  and involve risks and  uncertainties.  Actual
events  or  results  may  differ   materially   from  those   discussed  in  the
forward-looking  statements as a result of various  factors,  including the risk
factors  set  forth  under  "Risk  Factors"  and the  matters  set forth in this
Prospectus generally.

OVERVIEW

     MEDE AMERICA is a leading  provider of EDI products and services to a broad
range  of  providers  and  payors  in the  healthcare  industry.  The  Company's
integrated  suite of EDI solutions and services  allows  hospitals,  pharmacies,
physicians,  dentists and other  healthcare  providers  and  provider  groups to
electronically  edit,  process and transmit  claims,  eligibility and enrollment
data, track claims submissions  throughout the claims payment process and obtain
faster reimbursement for their services.  Currently,  the Company processes over
900,000 transactions per day for over 65,000 providers located in all 50 states.

   

     The  Company  was  formed  in March  1995  through  the  consolidation  and
subsequent  spin-off  of  three  subsidiaries  of CES,  in  connection  with the
acquisition by First Data  Corporation of CES' credit card processing  business.
The three subsidiaries,  MedE America,  Inc., MPC and Wellmark,  which comprised
the heathcare  services business of CES,  historically  provided EDI services to
hospitals and physicians. Their combined financial results were reflected in the
fiscal 1995 financial statements on a full year basis.

     Since its formation,  the Company has expanded both through internal growth
and the acquisition of five healthcare  transaction  processing  businesses.  As
part of its strategy of providing an integrated suite of EDI products to a broad
range of  healthcare  providers,  the Company has focused on  acquisitions  that
provided  entry into new markets or expanded the Company's  product  suite.  All
acquisitions  have been  accounted for under the purchase  method of accounting.
The Company has actively pursued the integration of its acquisitions and, in the
process,  has either  divested,  closed or modified  various  operations  of the
acquired  entities in order to eliminate  non-core or redundant  operations  and
achieve cost savings and operating  efficiencies.  These integration  activities
impacted  the  Company's  financial  results in the fiscal  years ended June 30,
1995, 1996, 1997 and 1998 and are ongoing.

    

                                       27

<PAGE>

     The following  table  summarizes  the Company's  acquisitions  and divested
products and operations:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                        PRIMARY PRODUCTS        DIVESTED PRODUCTS
                             DATE                         OF FOUNDING/             OF FOUNDING/        DATE
FOUNDING COMPANIES      ACQUIRED         MARKET         ACQUIRED COMPANY        ACQUIRED COMPANY    DIVESTED
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                     <C>           <C>         <C>                         <C>                   <C>
 MedE America, Inc.      4/94(1)        Medical   Eligibility Verification,   --                        --
                                                  Enrollment

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 MPC                     5/94(1)        Medical   Hospital Claims,            Data Entry               1/97
                                                  Physician Billing           Physician Billing       12/96
                                                                              Physician Billing        8/97

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Wellmark                5/94(1)        Medical   Hospital Claims,            --                        --
                                                  Physician Billing

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 COMPANIES ACQUIRED BY
 MEDE AMERICA
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 MEDE OHIO              3/95            Pharmacy  Switching, PBM,             Practice Management      2/96
                                                  Third Party Billing         Software
                                                                              Practice Management     12/97
                                                                              Software
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Latpon                 6/95            Medical   Hospital Claims             Physician Billing        3/96
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 EC&F/Premier          10/95            Dental    Dental Claims, Practice     Practice Management      3/97
                                                  Management Software         Software
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 TCS                    2/97           Pharmacy/  PBM, Switching,             --                        --
                                        Medical   Eligibility Verification
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 Stockton               11/97           Pharmacy  PBM                         --                        --

- ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

 (1) Represents date acquired by CES.

   
     In March 1995, the largest  stockholder of the Company  acquired all of the
outstanding shares of MEDE OHIO (formerly known as General Computer Corporation)
for a cash purchase price of approximately  $22,593,000,  including  transaction
expenses.  The  largest  stockholder  subsequently  merged  MEDE  OHIO  into the
Company.  The  purchase  price paid by the  Company for MEDE OHIO to its largest
stockholder  was equal to the  purchase  price paid by the largest  stockholder.
MEDE OHIO develops EDI systems for the pharmacy market and provides  transaction
switching/routing  services. At the time of its acquisition,  MEDE OHIO had been
incurring  significant  losses for over two years and was in very poor financial
condition.  The  acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method and the
Company recorded total intangible assets of $25,814,000,  consisting of $892,000
of  software  (which  was  completed  and  not  in-process  at the  time  of the
acquisition),  $2,527,000 of client lists and  $22,395,000  of goodwill.  During
fiscal year 1996, the Company wrote-down  $9,965,000 of costs relating to client
lists and related  allocable  goodwill due to a loss of approximately 25% of the
acquired  MEDE OHIO client base.  The loss of this  significant  portion of MEDE
OHIO's client base was primarily due to problems  experienced  by the Company in
the  post-merger  integration  of MEDE  OHIO's  operations  into  the  Company's
operations.  This  post-merger  integration  process  took place during the same
general  time  period  in which  the  Company  was  spun-off  from CES and a new
management  team  was  installed  at  the  Company.  The  Company  generally  is
amortizing the software over three years and the remaining value of client lists
is being  amortized  over five years.  The goodwill is being  amortized  over 20
years. 
    

     In June  1995,  the  Company  acquired  substantially  all of the assets of
Latpon  for  a  cash  purchase  price  of  approximately  $2,470,000,  plus  the
assumption of approximately  $963,000 of liabilities (primarily long-term debt).
Latpon,  a developer of claims  processing  software,  provided EDI  transaction
processing  services to hospitals and  hospital-based  physician groups.  Latpon
also provided electronic and man-

                                       28

<PAGE>

ual business office administrative  services.  The acquisition was accounted for
under the purchase method and the Company  recorded total  intangible  assets of
$2,291,000,  consisting of $993,000 of software and client lists and  $1,298,000
of goodwill.  The Company  generally is amortizing  the software over five years
and is  amortizing  the client lists and goodwill  over five years and 20 years,
respectively.

   
     In October 1995, the Company acquired two commonly-owned  companies,  EC&F,
an all payor  EDI  dental  claims  processor,  and  Premier,  a dental  practice
management  software vendor.  The acquisitions  were funded with an initial cash
payment of $4,050,000,  including transaction expenses,  and contingent earn-out
payments  based on the  achievement of certain EBITDA growth targets by the EC&F
business over three  one-year  periods ending on September 30, 1998. The Company
recorded expenses of $538,000 during fiscal year 1996 relating to the first such
period and an aggregate $2,301,000 during fiscal year 1997 primarily relating to
the  second  and third such  periods.  The  Company  does not  believe  that any
additional  amounts will be payable pursuant to this earn-out  arrangement.  The
acquisitions  of EC&F and Premier were  accounted for under the purchase  method
and the Company  recorded total intangible  assets of $4,350,000,  consisting of
$764,000 of  software,  and  $3,586,000  of goodwill.  The Company  generally is
amortizing  the software over three years and is amortizing the goodwill over 20
years.  The Company sold Premier in January 1997 for a cash payment of $388,000.
There was no gain or loss on the sale of Premier.

     In  February  1997,  the  Company  acquired  TCS,  a provider  of  pharmacy
switching and PBM transaction processing systems and services for pharmacies and
eligibility  verification  services for physicians,  for a total cash payment of
$11,465,000,  including transaction expenses.  The acquisition was accounted for
under the purchase method and the Company  recorded total  intangible  assets of
$11,065,000,  consisting of $4,354,000 of in-process  research and  development,
$2,984,000  of  software  and  $3,727,000  of  goodwill.  As of the  date of the
acquisition,  the  Company  wrote  off  the  acquired  in-process  research  and
development  which  had  not  reached  technological   feasibility  and  had  no
alternative  future use. The Company  generally is amortizing  the software over
three years and is amortizing the goodwill over seven years.

     The  in-process  research and  development  acquired  from TCS consisted of
advanced  Windows  software  technology  for PC and client server  platforms for
healthcare EDI  transactions.  Products under development  included:  (1) a plan
member eligibility verification product for workers compensation;  (2) a medical
claims processing system to meet the HCFA 1500 EDI industry standard;  and (3) a
switching system for internet claims from retail pharmacies.  At the time of the
acquisition, the Company estimated that continued development activities for six
months to one year resulting in additional  estimated  research and  development
costs of $460,000 would be required in order to prove  feasibility and bring the
project to  commercial  viability.  It was the opinion of  management  that such
projects had an above average  probability  of successful  completion  and could
contribute to revenue, profit and cash flow within 18 to 24 months from the date
of  purchase.  At this time,  all three  projects  are  substantially  complete.
However,  any or all of these  projects  could fail to produce an economic gain.
Such failure,  if  encountered,  would not affect the Company's  current product
suite and financial results, but would decrease the Company's  opportunities for
growth.  Estimated  costs to  complete  the  acquired  in-process  research  and
development projects as of the date of acquisition were as follows: 
    

           ESTIMATED RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT EXPENSE (IN THOUSANDS)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                          WORKERS COMP.     HCFA 1500     PHARMACY     TOTAL
                         ---------------   -----------   ----------   ------
<S>                      <C>               <C>           <C>          <C>
Fiscal 1997 ..........         $ 58            $ 70         $ 65       $193
Fiscal 1998 ..........           80              97           90        267
                               ----            ----         ----       ----
 Total ...............         $138            $167         $155       $460
                               ====            ====         ====       ====

</TABLE>

     In  November  1997,  the  Company  acquired  Stockton,  a  provider  of PBM
transaction  processing  systems and related  services for the pharmacy  market.
Stockton was  purchased  for an initial cash  payment of  $10,674,000  including
transaction expenses, and a contingent earnout payment based upon the

                                       29

<PAGE>

   
achievement  of certain  revenue  growth  targets.  If such revenue  targets are
achieved over the 12-month  period ending  September 30, 1998, a maximum payment
of  $2,600,000  (plus  interest  at an  annual  rate of  7.25%)  will be made in
December 1998. Based on revenues recorded through July 31, 1998 by Stockton, the
Company has accrued additional contingent consideration of $1,383,000 as of June
30,  1998 which was treated as  additional  purchase  price and was,  therefore,
added to goodwill.  The  acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method
and the Company recorded total intangible  assets of $10,414,000,  consisting of
$2,133,000 of software and client lists and $8,281,000 of goodwill.  The Company
generally is  amortizing  the  software  over five years and is  amortizing  the
client lists and goodwill over five years and 20 years, respectively. 
    

Revenues

     Revenues are derived from the sale of transaction  processing  products and
services  primarily  on  a  fee-for-transaction  basis.  Transaction  fees  vary
depending upon  transaction  type and service  provided.  The Company  currently
receives  fees from  providers  for the majority of its  transactions  including
claims processing,  eligibility verification,  claims switching, pharmacy script
processing and tracking and Medicaid enrollment.  The Company also receives fees
from payors for the  transmission  of electronic  claims and formulary  payments
from  pharmaceutical   manufacturers   relating  to  the  Company's  PBM  script
processing and management reporting services.  These transaction-based  revenues
comprise the predominant  portion of the Company's total revenues and tend to be
recurring.   Other  revenue  is  derived  from  one-time   payments  related  to
installation and implementation services,  software license fees and EDI systems
equipment sales. See "Business -- Suite of EDI Products and Services."

   
     Transaction-based  revenues  and related  formulary  services  revenues (if
applicable),  which constitute the majority of the Company's total revenues, are
recognized  at the time the  transactions  are  processed  and the  services are
provided.  Revenues  associated with software support and  implementation  fees,
each  constituting  less than 3% of the  Company's  revenues for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1998, are recognized  ratably over the contract  period or as the
service is provided.  Revenue from licensing of software, which also constitutes
less than 3% of the Company's  total revenues for the fiscal year ended June 30,
1998, is recognized  upon  installation if it is determined that the Company has
no  significant  remaining  obligations  and  collectibility  of  the  resulting
receivable is probable. 
    

Operating Expenses

     Operations   Expense.   Operations  expense  consists  of  data  and  voice
telecommunications  expense,  salaries and benefits for operations employees and
other costs  associated  with  transaction  processing and services  provided to
clients,  such  as  network  and   telecommunications,   maintenance,   computer
operations and systems administration,  facilities and other additional indirect
expenses.  Since  1996,  operations  expense as a  percentage  of  revenues  and
operations  expense per  transaction  have declined as a result of the Company's
integration  and  restructuring   efforts  and  increased   operating  leverage.
Restructuring  charges  recorded in connection  with the  Company's  integration
activities  have resulted in  variability in the Company's  quarterly  operating
results.

     Sales,  Marketing and Client Services Expense.  Sales, marketing and client
services  expense  consists  primarily of salaries,  benefits,  commissions  and
related  indirect costs and expenditures  for marketing  programs,  trade shows,
advertising,  help desk  software  and  related  client  communications.  As the
Company continues to implement its growth strategy,  sales, marketing and client
services expenses are expected to continue to increase.

     Research and Development Expense. Research and development expense consists
primarily of salaries,  benefits and related indirect  expenses  associated with
the design,  research  and  development  of new  products  and  enhancements  to
existing  current  products.  The  development  of  new  software  products  and
enhancements  to existing  software  products  are  expensed  as incurred  until
technological feasibility has been established.  After technological feasibility
has been established,  any additional software development costs are capitalized
in accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 86,
"Accounting  For the Cost of Computer  Software To Be Sold,  Leased or Otherwise
Marketed."  Amortization of purchased software and technology and of capitalized
software development costs is

                                       30

<PAGE>
   
provided on a  product-by-product  basis at the  greater of the amount  computed
using (a) the ratio of  current  revenues  for a product to the total of current
and  anticipated  future  revenues  or (b) the  straight-line  method  over  the
remaining  estimated  economic  life  of the  product.  Generally,  an  original
estimated economic life of three to five years is assigned to purchased software
and technology and an original estimated economic life of five years is assigned
to capitalized software development costs.  Amortization begins in the period in
which the related product is available for general release to customers.  During
the  fiscal  year ended June 30,  1998,  the  Company  capitalized  $462,000  of
software development costs on a project for which technological  feasibility had
been established but was not yet available for client release.  Prior to July 1,
1997,  the  Company did not have any  software  development  projects  for which
significant  development  costs  were  incurred  between  the  establishment  of
technological feasibility and general client release of the product. The Company
believes  that  the  development  of  enhanced  and new  product  offerings  are
essential to remaining competitive and it expects that development expenses will
increase in the future. 
    

     General and  Administrative  Expense.  General and  administrative  expense
primarily  consists of  salaries,  benefits and related  indirect  costs for the
administrative,  executive, finance, legal, human resources and internal systems
personnel,  as well as accounting and legal fees. As the Company  implements its
growth strategy, general and administrative expenses are expected to increase.

   
     Depreciation and Amortization  Expense. The Company depreciates the cost of
its tangible capital assets on a straight-line basis over the estimated economic
life of the asset:  three to five years for computer  equipment,  five years for
furniture  and  fixtures,  and 20 to 25 years for  buildings  and  improvements.
Acquisition-related  intangible assets,  which include the value of software and
client lists,  are amortized based on the estimated  useful economic life of the
asset at the time of  acquisition,  and therefore will vary among  acquisitions.
The  Company  recorded  amortization  expense  relating  to  goodwill  and other
intangible  assets of $3,541,000  and  $4,664,000  during the fiscal years ended
June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively. 
    

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

     The following table sets forth,  for the periods  indicated,  certain items
from the  consolidated  statements of  operations of the Company  expressed as a
percentage of total revenues.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                        YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                  -----------------------------
                                                    1996       1997       1998
<S>                                               <C>        <C>        <C>
Revenues ......................................      100%       100%      100%
Operating Expenses:
 Operations ...................................       60         48        40
 Sales, marketing and client services .........       22         25        25
 Research and development .....................        7          9         9
 General and administrative ...................       19         15        12
 Depreciation and amortization ................       16         15        16
</TABLE>
    

   

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1998 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997

    

Revenues

   
     Revenues  for the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1998 were  $42.3  million
compared to $35.3 million in fiscal 1997,  representing  an increase of 20%. The
increase was primarily attributable to incremental revenue from the acquisitions
of TCS and Stockton in February 1997 and November 1997, respectively, and to the
growth of the existing  business,  partially offset by the loss of revenues from
operations that were divested.

     The Company  processed  234 million  transactions  in the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1998,  compared to 161 million  transactions  processed in fiscal 1997,
representing an increase of 45%. The increase  resulted from the addition of new
clients, increased transaction volume from existing clients and the 
    

                                       31

<PAGE>

   

acquisitions of TCS and Stockton.  The average price per transaction received by
the Company in fiscal 1998 declined by 13% from 1997, as a result of the greater
proportion of transactions processed under contracts with volume-based terms and
pricing  and a  larger  proportion  of  lower  priced  eligibility  verification
transactions as a result of the acquisition of TCS.

    

Operating Expenses

   

     Operations  expense  was $17.0  million  for the fiscal year ended June 30,
1998 compared to $16.8 million in fiscal 1997,  representing  an increase of 1%.
As a percentage of revenues,  operations  expense  decreased  from 48% in fiscal
1997 to 40% in fiscal 1998. The containment of operations expense in fiscal 1998
was a result of ongoing  cost  reduction  programs,  systems  consolidation  for
recent acquisitions and the impact of the divested operations, which results are
included in fiscal 1997 but not in fiscal 1998.

     Sales,  marketing  and client  services  expense was $10.8  million for the
fiscal  year ended  June 30,  1998  compared  to $8.8  million  in fiscal  1997,
representing an increase of 23%. As a percentage of revenues,  sales,  marketing
and client  services  expense was 25% for each such fiscal year. The increase in
such  expenses  was  primarily  due to the  inclusion of TCS and Stockton in the
results of  operations  for the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 and, to a lesser
extent, increases in expenses relating to the hiring of new employees for client
support and help desk service,  the installation of help desk tracking  software
and resources devoted to telesales.

     Research and development expense was $3.9 million for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1998 compared to $3.3 million in fiscal 1997,  representing an increase
of 20%. As a percentage of revenues, research and development expense was 9% for
each such fiscal year. The Company capitalized  $462,000 of software development
costs in fiscal 1998; however, no software development costs were capitalized in
fiscal  1997.  Prior to July 1,  1997,  the  Company  did not have any  software
development  projects for which significant  development costs had been incurred
between the  establishment  of  technological  feasibility  and  general  client
release of the product.

     General and  administrative  expense  was $4.9  million for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1998  compared to $5.3  million in fiscal  1997,  representing  a
decrease of 8%. As a percentage of revenues,  general and administrative expense
decreased  from 15% in fiscal  1997 to 12% in fiscal  1998.  This  decrease  was
primarily  a result  of cost  controls  and the  consolidation  and  integration
activities related to the Company's recent acquisitions.

     Depreciation and amortization  expense was $6.7 million for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1998  compared to $5.3  million in fiscal 1997,  representing  an
increase of 27%. As a percentage  of  revenues,  depreciation  and  amortization
expense increased from 15% in fiscal 1997 to 16% in fiscal 1998. These increases
reflect the increased amortization expense related to the acquisitions of TCS in
February 1997 and Stockton in November 1997.

     There were no  acquisition-related  expenses for the fiscal year ended June
30, 1998, as compared to $6.7 million of such expenses in fiscal 1997.  Included
in the amount for fiscal 1997 was a $4.4 million write-off related to in-process
research and development  from the acquisition of TCS (for software that had not
achieved technological feasibility and had no alternative use), and a contingent
earnout  charge of $2.3 million  recorded by the Company in connection  with the
EC&F purchase  agreement.  In addition,  in fiscal 1997, the Company  recorded a
gain  of  $885,000  from  a  sale  of  securities.  See  Note  11 of  "Notes  to
Consolidated Financial Statements."

YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 COMPARED TO YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1996

    

Revenues

     Revenues  for the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1997 were  $35.3  million
compared to $31.8 million in fiscal 1996,  representing  an increase of 11%. The
increase was primarily  attributable  to revenue from the  acquisition of TCS in
February 1997,  partially  offset by the loss of revenues from  operations  that
were divested. The increase was also due to the growth of the existing business.

                                       32

<PAGE>

     The Company  processed  161 million  transactions  in the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1997  compared to 129 million  transactions  processed  in fiscal 1996,
representing an increase of 25%. The increase  resulted from the addition of new
clients,  the growth of business from existing  clients and the TCS acquisition.
The average  price per  transaction  in fiscal  1997  declined by 4% from fiscal
1996,  primarily as a result of the divested  operations  having  higher  claims
pricing.

Operating Expenses

   
     Operations  expense  was $16.8  million  for the fiscal year ended June 30,
1997 compared to $19.2 million in fiscal 1996,  representing  a decrease of 12%.
As a percentage of revenues,  operations  expense  decreased  from 60% in fiscal
1996 to 48% in fiscal 1997. The operations  expense  improvement was a result of
ongoing cost reduction programs,  systems  consolidation for recent acquisitions
and the divestitures of non-core or unprofitable operations.

     Sales,  marketing  and client  services  expense  was $8.8  million for the
fiscal  year ended  June 30,  1997  compared  to $7.1  million  in fiscal  1996,
representing an increase of 24%. As a percentage of revenues,  sales,  marketing
and client  service  expense  increased from 22% in fiscal 1996 to 25% in fiscal
1997.  These  increases  reflect the  inclusion  of the TCS  acquisition  in the
results for five months and, to a lesser extent,  the addition of client support
personnel and the increase in help desk tracking software expenses.

     Research and development expense was $3.3 million for the fiscal year ended
June 30, 1997 compared to $2.1 million in fiscal 1996,  representing an increase
of 54%. As a percentage of revenues,  research and development expense increased
from 7% in fiscal 1996 to 9% in fiscal  1997.  These  increases  were due to the
hiring of new  employees  and other  expenses  related to the  expansion  of the
Company's   processing   capacity  and  the  implementation  of  new  technology
processing platforms throughout its data processing centers.

     General and  administrative  expense  was $5.3  million for the fiscal year
ended June 30, 1997  compared to $6.1  million in fiscal  1996,  representing  a
decrease of 13%. As a percentage of revenues, general and administrative expense
decreased  from 19% in fiscal 1996 to 15% in fiscal 1997.  These  decreases were
primarily a result of consolidation and integration activities.
    

     Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  was $5.3  million for fiscal year
ended June 30, 1997  compared to $5.2  million in fiscal 1996,  representing  an
increase of 2%. As a  percentage  of  revenues,  depreciation  and  amortization
expense decreased from 16% in fiscal 1996 to 15% in fiscal 1997.

   
     Acquisition-related  expenses  for the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1997
included a $4.4 million write-off related to in-process research and development
from the  acquisition  of TCS (for software that had not achieved  technological
feasibility and had no alternative use) and a contingent  earnout charge of $2.3
million recorded by the Company in connection with the EC&F purchase  agreement.
In addition, in fiscal 1997, the Company recorded a gain of $885,000 from a sale
of securities. See Note 11 of "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements."

     During  the  fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1996,  the  Company  wrote down
approximately  $10.0  million  of costs  relating  to client  lists and  related
allocable  goodwill  obtained in the  acquisition of MEDE OHIO.  Such intangible
assets were written down to the net present value of the  estimated  future cash
flows to be derived from these clients as of June 30, 1996.  The  write-down was
required due to a loss of  approximately  25% of the  acquired  MEDE OHIO client
base.  In  addition,  a  contingent  earnout  charge of $538,000 was recorded in
connection  with the EC&F purchase  agreement  during the fiscal year ended June
30, 1996.
    

                                       33

<PAGE>

QUARTERLY OPERATING RESULTS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                             ------------------------------------
                                               9/30/96     12/31/96     3/31/97
                                             ----------- ------------ -----------
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                          <C>         <C>          <C>
Revenues ...................................  $  8,179     $  7,831    $  8,954

Operating Expenses:
 Operations ................................     4,298        3,683       4,123
 Sales, marketing and client services.......     1,925        1,957       2,261
 Research and development ..................       783          754         918
 General and administrative ................     1,042        1,171       1,127
 Depreciation and amortization .............     1,102        1,044       1,356
 Acquired in-process research and
   development .............................        --           --       4,354
 Payment to former owners of
   acquired businesses .....................       330          330         330
                                              --------     --------    --------
Total operating expenses ...................     9,480        8,939      14,469
                                              --------     --------    --------
Income (loss) from operations ..............    (1,301)      (1,108)     (5,515)
Other (income) expense .....................        --           --        (885)
Interest expense, net ......................       150          202         427
                                              --------     --------    --------
Loss before provision for income taxes.         (1,451)      (1,310)     (5,057)
Provision for income taxes .................        14           14          15
                                              --------     --------    --------
Net loss ...................................  $ (1,465)    $ (1,324)   $ (5,072)
                                              ========     ========    ========

<CAPTION>

                                                                  THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                             -------------------------------------------------------------
                                                6/30/97      9/30/97     12/31/97     3/31/98     6/30/98
                                             ------------- ----------- ------------ ----------- ----------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                          <C>           <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Revenues ...................................   $10,315      $  9,241     $  9,849     $11,099    $12,101

Operating Expenses:
 Operations ................................     4,713         4,285        3,942       4,258      4,473
 Sales, marketing and client services.......     2,626         2,385        2,432       2,952      2,996
 Research and development ..................       823           806        1,059       1,021      1,055
 General and administrative ................     1,923         1,061        1,107       1,139      1,558
 Depreciation and amortization .............     1,791         1,598        1,598       1,752      1,795
 Acquired in-process research and
   development .............................        --            --           --          --         --
 Payment to former owners of
   acquired businesses .....................     1,311            --           --          --         --
                                               -------      --------     --------     -------    -------
Total operating expenses ...................    13,187        10,135       10,138      11,122     11,877
                                               -------      --------     --------     -------    -------
Income (loss) from operations ..............    (2,872)         (894)        (289)        (23)       224
Other (income) expense .....................        (8)           --           --          13        (25)
Interest expense, net ......................       725           655          915         900      1,153
                                               ---------    --------     --------     -------    -------
Loss before provision for income taxes.         (3,589)       (1,549)      (1,204)       (936)      (904)
Provision for income taxes .................        14            12           12          13          5
                                               ---------    --------     --------     -------    -------
Net loss ...................................   $(3,603)     $ (1,561)    $ (1,216)    $  (949)   $  (909)
                                               =========    ========     ========     =======    =======
</TABLE>
    

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

   

     Since inception, the Company has used capital from external sources to fund
its  internal  growth and  operations  and to make  acquisitions.  Such  capital
requirements   have  been   provided  by  (i)  the  Company's   four   principal
stockholders,  through  periodic  purchases  of the  Company's  debt and  equity
securities and (ii) the Credit Facility.  Since June 30, 1995 an investment fund
affiliated with WCAS has purchased a Senior  Subordinated  Note in the principal
amount of $25.0 million and 370,993  shares of Common Stock from the Company for
an aggregate $25.0 million, which was used in connection with the acquisition of
TCS, to repay  borrowings  under the Credit  Facility  and for  general  working
capital purposes. See "Certain Transactions."
<PAGE>

     As of June 30,  1998,  the  Company  had  outstanding  borrowings  of $16.7
million under the Credit  Facility.  Such borrowings bear interest at a weighted
average rate of 6.93% per annum (as of June 30,  1998).  The total  availability
under the Credit  Facility is $20.0  million.  See "Certain  Transactions."  All
indebtedness under the Credit Facility has been, and currently is, guaranteed by
the Company's  four  principal  stockholders.  The Company has received a letter
from the  lender  under the  Credit  Facility  committing  to provide an amended
credit  facility with total  available  credit of $15.0  million.  This facility
would be comprised of a $7.5 million term loan to be used for acquisitions and a
$7.5 million revolving credit loan to be used for working capital purposes, each
with a maximum  term of two years  from the  earlier  of the  completion  of the
Offering  or October  31,  1998.  Interest  for the term and  revolver  loans is
computed at .25% above the bank's base rate,  or 1.25% above a Eurodollar  based
rate.  Such borrowing  rates are at the option of the Company for any particular
period during which  borrowings  exist.  Covenants under the existing  agreement
include:  customary  covenants and  restrictions  on additional  liabilities and
disposition  of  assets,   achieving  year  2000   compliance  by  August  1999,
maintaining financial records and reporting, a maximum quarterly leverage ratio,
a minimum interest coverage ratio,  restrictions on the payment of dividends, as
well as prior  approval for  acquisitions.  Borrowings  under the Amended Credit
Facility  will not be  guaranteed  by any third  party,  but will be  secured by
substantially all of the Company's assets,  including the stock of the Company's
    

                                       34

<PAGE>

   

subsidiary.  The Amended Credit Facility will contain covenants similar to those
under the existing agreement, including restrictions on the payment of dividends
on the Common Stock.  See "Dividend  Policy." It is anticipated that the Amended
Credit Facility will take effect upon the consummation of the Offering.

     As of June 30,  1998,  the  Company had cash and cash  equivalents  of $3.0
million and net working capital of $2.3 million. Net cash used in operations was
$1.7 million,  $4.0 million and $2.5 million for the fiscal years ended June 30,
1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.  The $2.5 million net cash used in operations
for the fiscal  year  ended  June 30,  1998 was used  primarily  for  contingent
earnout charges on  acquisitions  made in prior fiscal years which resulted in a
net  decrease in  accounts  payable and  accrued  expenses of $1.4  million.  In
addition,  $1.9 million of the net cash used was  attributable to an increase in
formulary  accounts  receivable  relating  to  Stockton  (formulary  receivables
normally have a 7-12 month  collection  cycle) and $2.1 million was attributable
to an increase in accounts receivable resulting from an increase in revenues.

     Cash used for investment purposes was $4.9 million, $12.2 million and $12.1
million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1996,  1997 and 1998,  respectively.
Cash used for investment purposes during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998 was
primarily  used to acquire  Stockton for $10.7  million and also to fund capital
expenditures  (predominantly  computer and network hardware and software) in the
amount of $913,000. The Company expects to spend at least $2.0 million per annum
for  the  foreseeable  future  for  capital  investment  to  support  growth  in
transaction processing.

     Cash provided by financing activities was $657,000, $15.5 million and $15.6
million for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1996,  1997 and 1998,  respectively.
Cash provided by financing activities during the fiscal year ended June 30, 1998
was  primarily  provided from  borrowings  under the Credit  Facility  which was
partially offset by principal  repayments of debt and capital lease obligations.
In the fiscal year ended June 30,  1997,  cash was provided by the issuance of a
Senior  Subordinated  Note in the principal  amount of  $25,000,000  and 370,993
shares of Common Stock for aggregate  proceeds of $25.0 million,  which proceeds
were  partially  offset by the  repayment of  outstanding  borrowings  under the
Credit Facility and principal repayments of debt and capital lease obligations.

     Approximately $43.1 million of the proceeds of the Offering will be applied
to the  repayment of the  Company's  outstanding  indebtedness  under the Credit
Facility and the Senior  Subordinated  Note. In connection with the repayment of
outstanding  indebtedness under the Credit Facility and the Senior  Subordinated
Note,  the Company will record an  extraordinary  charge of  approximately  $1.6
million relating to the elimination of deferred  financing costs associated with
the Credit  Facility and the write-off of the  remaining  discount on the Senior
Subordinated  Note. The Company  expects to use the Amended  Credit  Facility to
finance the Company's future acquisitions and general working capital needs. The
Company also expects to finance  acquisitions through the issuance of additional
equity and debt  securities.  The  Company  believes  that the  proceeds  of the
Offering,  together with existing cash balances and cash generated by operations
in the near term,  and the borrowings  expected to be made  available  under the
Amended Credit Facility,  will be sufficient to finance the Company's operations
for at least 18 months.  However, future acquisitions may require funding beyond
the Company's  cash  resources and  currently  anticipated  capital or operating
requirements  could change,  with the result that the Company may be required to
raise  additional  funds  through  the  public  or  private  sale of  additional
securities.  See "Risk  Factors --  Acquisition  Strategy;  Need for  Additional
Capital." 
    

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

   

     The Company has  reviewed the Year 2000  compliance  of its systems and has
adopted a program intended to ensure that it achieves compliance with respect to
all products, services and internal systems in a timely manner. Under such plan,
$1,020,000 has been budgeted  through  December 1999, of which $225,000 has been
spent  through  July  31,  1998.  Certain  of the  Company's  physician  benefit
management  clients are being  migrated from the Company's PBM system in Ohio to
its PBM system  acquired from Stockton,  which the Company  considers to be Year
2000  compliant.  The total  revenue from such clients was  $6,245,000 in fiscal
1998. A testing and migration timetable for all such clients has been developed,
with  migration  activities  scheduled for  completion in mid-1999.  The Company
believes  that it does not require  additional  technology  to achieve Year 2000
compliance and that it has sufficient resources to 
    

                                       35

<PAGE>

implement  its plan.  The Company  expects that the combined  amount of budgeted
expenses  for Year 2000  compliance  plus the ongoing  product  development  and
development  expenditures  will  increase  as a  percent  of  revenue  in future
periods.  However,  there can be no  assurance  that  expenditures  required  to
achieve  compliance with Year 2000  requirements  will not exceed those amounts.
See  "Risk  Factors  --  Year  2000  Compliance"  and  "Business  --  Year  2000
Compliance."

IMPACT OF INFLATION

     Inflation  has  not  had a  material  impact  on the  Company's  historical
operations or financial condition.

RECENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS

     Recent  pronouncements of the Financial  Accounting  Standards Board, which
are not required to be adopted at this date,  include  SFAS No. 130,  "Reporting
Comprehensive   Income",  SFAS  No.  131,  "Disclosures  about  Segments  of  an
Enterprise and Related  Information" and SFAS No. 132,  "Employers'  Disclosures
about Pensions and Other Postretirement  Benefits." These pronouncements are not
expected to have a material impact on the Company's financial statements.

     In March 1998,  the  American  Institute of  Certified  Public  Accountants
issued  Statement  of  Position  98-1,  "Accounting  for the  Costs of  Computer
Software Developed or Obtained for Internal Use." This statement is not required
to be adopted at this date.  The Company is currently  evaluating  the impact of
this statement on its financial statements.

NET OPERATING LOSSES

   
     As of June 30, 1998, the Company had net operating loss  carryforwards  for
federal  income  tax  purposes  of  approximately   $36.4  million.   Such  loss
carryforwards  expire in the fiscal years 2005 through 2013.  Because of certain
changes in ownership,  as defined in the Internal  Revenue Code,  which occurred
during 1996 and 1995,  certain of these net  operating  loss  carryforwards  are
subject to annual  limitations.  See Note 7 of "Notes to Consolidated  Financial
Statements." 
    

                                       36

<PAGE>

                                   BUSINESS

GENERAL

     MEDE AMERICA is a leading  provider of EDI products and services to a broad
range of providers and payors in the healthcare industry.  The Company offers an
integrated suite of EDI solutions that allows hospitals, pharmacies, physicians,
dentists and other  healthcare  providers and provider groups to  electronically
edit, process and transmit claims, eligibility and enrollment data, track claims
submissions   throughout   the  claims   payment   process  and  obtain   faster
reimbursement  for their services.  In addition to offering  greater  processing
speed, the Company's EDI products and services reduce processing costs, increase
collection  rates and result in more  accurate  data  interchange.  The  Company
maintains over 540 direct  connections  with insurance  companies,  Medicare and
Medicaid  agencies,  Blue Cross and Blue  Shield  systems  and other third party
payors, as well as over 500 indirect  connections with additional payors through
claims   clearinghouses.   Currently,   the  Company   processes   over  900,000
transactions  per day for over 65,000  providers  located in all 50 states.  The
Company's  mission  is to be  the  leading  provider  of  integrated  healthcare
transaction processing technology,  networks and databases, enabling its clients
to improve the quality and efficiency of their services.

     The  Company  was  formed  in March  1995  through  the  consolidation  and
subsequent  spin-off  of  three  subsidiaries  of CES,  in  connection  with the
acquisition by First Data  Corporation of CES' credit card processing  business.
The three subsidiaries,  MedE America, Inc., MPC, and Wellmark,  which comprised
the healthcare services business of CES,  historically  provided EDI services to
hospitals and  physicians.  Since its  formation,  the Company has expanded both
through  internal  growth and the  acquisition  of five  healthcare  transaction
processing businesses.  As part of its strategy of providing an integrated suite
of EDI  products  and  services to a broad range of  healthcare  providers,  the
Company  has focused on  acquisitions  that  provided  entry into new markets or
expanded the  Company's  product  suite.  The Company has  actively  pursued the
integration of its acquisitions and, in the process, has either divested, closed
or  restructured  various  operations  of the  acquired  entities  in  order  to
eliminate  non-core  or  redundant  operations  and  achieve  cost  savings  and
operating efficiencies.

INDUSTRY OVERVIEW

     Innovations  over  the  past  decade  in  computer  and  telecommunications
technologies  have resulted in the development of EDI systems to  electronically
process  and  transmit   information  among  the  various  participants  in  the
healthcare  industry.   These  systems  were  designed  to  replace  paper-based
recording and transmission of information,  enabling greater  processing  speed,
reduced  processing  costs  and  more  accurate  data  interchange.   Electronic
processing   enables   providers  to  verify   patient   eligibility  or  obtain
authorization  for services at the time of  appointment,  registration or at the
time of claim submission.  The healthcare EDI processor then interfaces with the
payor  to  obtain  an  eligibility  or  authorization  confirmation,   which  is
transmitted  back to the  provider.  To obtain  payment,  providers  must submit
claims information in formats specified by the respective payors. Healthcare EDI
processors can facilitate this process by utilizing customized software programs
that can perform  "edits" to the data supplied by providers  and re-format  that
data to meet the  data  specifications  of  payors.  Electronically  transmitted
claims are sent either  directly from the provider to the payor,  or through the
healthcare  EDI  processor  (which  in turn  transmits  the  claims to the payor
directly  or through  one or more  intermediaries).  The claim is  received  and
reviewed by the payor and the remittance  response is communicated  (usually not
electronically)  back to the  provider.  Each of these  steps in the  healthcare
delivery process gives rise to a current or potential EDI transaction.

   

     According to Health Data Directory, in 1997 over 4.1 billion electronic and
paper claims were paid in all sectors of the  healthcare  services  market,  and
over the past five years healthcare  claims increased at an average rate of 5.5%
per year.  The Company  expects the volume of  healthcare  claims to continue to
grow as the U.S.  population  ages and life  expectancy  of the U.S.  population
increases.  The  increase in claims has been  accompanied  by an increase in the
proportion of claims that are electronically  processed.  From 1993 to 1997, the
proportion  of  total  healthcare  claims  that  were  electronically  processed
increased from 41% to approximately 60%. During such period the number of claims
processed 
    

                                       37

<PAGE>

   
electonically  increased at an average rate of 16% per year. The Company expects
the  electronic  processing  of  healthcare  claims to continue to increase as a
result of increased  reliance on electronic  commerce and increased  emphasis on
cost containment in the healthcare industry.

     The penetration of electronic  processing  varies  significantly  among the
different  markets  within the  healthcare  industry.  According  to Health Data
Directory,  in 1997 electronic  processing  accounted for  approximately  13% of
total  dental  claims,  38% of  total  physician  medical  claims,  83% of total
hospital  medical  claims and 86% of total pharmacy  claims.  In addition to the
remaining  opportunity to convert  paper-based claims to electronic  processing,
the  Company  believes  that  there  is  significant  market  potential  for EDI
processing in the non-claim area, including eligibility verification, remittance
transactions  and other  data  exchange  transactions  such as claims  tracking,
referrals and physician scripting.  The Company believes that EDI penetration in
these  non-claim  transaction  categories  is  low,  and as a  result,  the  EDI
transaction  growth in these areas will exceed that of the EDI claims processing
market. 
    

     As compared to claims  processing,  the electronic  processing of non-claim
information  transactions  in  the  healthcare  industry,  such  as  eligibility
inquiries,  enrollment in Medicare and Medicaid programs,  referrals,  formulary
inquiries to pharmacy benefit managers and  prescription  delivery,  has emerged
only  recently and is less  pervasive.  The Company  believes  that only a small
percentage of non-claim information transactions are managed electronically.  In
addition to opportunities to expand its claims processing business,  the Company
believes  that  there  are  significant   possibilities  to  expand   electronic
processing  to  non-claim  areas in the  healthcare  market,  for the  following
reasons:

   o  As advanced technology continues to penetrate the healthcare industry,  an
      increasing amount of healthcare data will be managed  electronically.  For
      example,   healthcare  providers  are  implementing   practice  management
      software  systems to manage the  clinical,  financial  and  administrative
      aspects  of  their  businesses.   Increasingly,   these  software  systems
      incorporate EDI processing capabilities.

   o  Efforts by government and private insurers to contain healthcare costs are
      expected to motivate hospitals and physicians to use EDI not only to lower
      costs, but also to improve operating  efficiencies and increase  accuracy.
      For example,  state Medicaid programs and some private insurance companies
      now encourage  providers to verify patients' medical benefits  eligibility
      electronically.

   o  As the healthcare industry continues to undergo consolidation,  the larger
      scale of the  resulting  entities  may result in  increased  EDI use.  For
      example,  various  managed care companies have  encouraged  their provider
      networks  to  utilize  EDI for  authorizations,  enrollment  verification,
      encounter reports and referrals.

     Currently,  the EDI market is fragmented and consists of several nationally
prominent  EDI claims  processors  and  several  hundred  regional  EDI  service
providers who occupy  selected  niches in specialized  markets and  geographical
sectors. Over the past several years, many of the regional EDI service providers
have  been  acquired  by  national  organizations.  The  Company  believes  that
competitive  conditions in the healthcare  information industry will continue to
favor consolidation as larger, more diversified organizations are able to reduce
costs and offer an integrated package of standardized products and services.

COMPETITIVE STRENGTHS

     The Company believes that it has several  competitive  strengths which will
enable  it  to  capitalize  on  the  significant  growth  opportunities  in  the
healthcare EDI marketplace.

   

     COMPREHENSIVE SUITE OF EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.  The Company has followed
a strategy of  developing  or acquiring  EDI  products and services  that may be
provided  to a  broad  range  of  healthcare  clients.  The  Company's  products
incorporate open  architecture  designs and what the Company regards as "best of
breed"  technology  and may be  purchased  as modular  additions to the client's
existing data storage and retrieval  system,  or as part of a comprehensive  EDI
processing  system.  They are designed to be compatible  with a broad variety of
hospital, medical, pharmacy and dental practice management and 
    

                                       38

<PAGE>

billing systems.  In addition,  new products can be added to respond to changing
client  requirements,  and the scalability of the Company's products permits the
client  to  accommodate   increasing   transaction   volumes  without  requiring
substantial new  investments in software and hardware.  Because of these product
characteristics, the Company believes it is well positioned to take advantage of
the  expected  growth  of  EDI  in  areas  such  as  eligibility,  managed  care
transactions and pharmacy to physician scripting.

     BROAD AND  DIVERSIFIED  CLIENT BASE.  The Company  markets its products and
services to a broad range of healthcare  providers including the medical market,
comprised of hospitals,  clinics and physicians,  the dental market comprised of
small to medium-sized  dental practice groups,  and the pharmacy  market,  which
includes  retail  pharmacies  (independents  and  chains)  as well as  PBMs.  In
addition,  the Company has  relationships  through  practice  management  system
vendors  and  other   intermediaries.   The  Company's  client  base  is  highly
diversified,   consisting  of  approximately  42,000  pharmacies,  8,000  dental
offices, 1,000 hospitals and clinics and 14,000 physicians.  The Company's broad
and  diversified  client base provides it with  transaction-based  revenues that
tend to be recurring and  positions it to capitalize on the rapid  consolidation
taking place within the healthcare industry.

     DIRECT  RELATIONSHIPS  WITH PROVIDERS AND PAYORS. The Company has developed
over 540 direct  connections  with  healthcare  payors  including  Medicare  and
Medicaid agencies,  Blue Cross and Blue Shield systems and commercial  insurance
companies,  and the Company is able to access over 500 additional payors through
contractual relationships with multiple claims clearinghouses. Additionally, the
Company  has direct  client  relationships  with  providers  such as  hospitals,
clinics, physicians and pharmacies. The range of MEDE AMERICA's services and the
extent of its  connectivity  with payors  provides  the  opportunity  to achieve
deeper  penetration of its provider  base,  while at the same time offering more
complete  solutions to new clients.  MEDE AMERICA  believes  that it is strongly
positioned to offer reliable, one-stop shopping to both providers and payors for
all their EDI needs.

   
     FOCUS ON CLIENT  SERVICE.  The Company has focused on  implementing  a wide
range of client service and support functions.  These support activities include
the use of automated client service tracking software, expanded client help desk
and  account  executive  support   functions,   and  extensive  client  feedback
mechanisms.  This focus has enhanced the Company's awareness of client needs and
improved the Company's  ability to respond to those needs.  As a result of these
activities,  of the clients that  contributed  to the Company's  revenues in the
1997 fiscal  year,  approximately  90%  continued  as clients of the Company and
contributed  to the  Company's  revenues  in the 1998 fiscal  year.  The Company
believes that its high quality client service  enhances the  satisfaction of its
clients  and  generates  new  revenue  opportunities  in the  form  of  expanded
transaction volume and sales of new products and services.
    

     LEADING  TECHNOLOGY  AND  PRODUCT  PLATFORMS.  The Company  recognizes  the
critical role of technology and telecommunications  platforms to ensure reliable
and high  quality  service.  Over the past two years,  MEDE AMERICA has invested
significant  capital  in new  hardware  and  software  systems  resulting  in an
estimated three-fold increase in transaction  processing  capacity.  The Company
has  designed  its  products  on  a  modular  client/server  model,  using  open
architecture  and  commonly  available  hardware,   with  redundant   processing
capabilities.  The  Company's  redundancies  in its  computing  capacity and its
dual-site  operations  enable it to provide  uninterrupted  processing  and data
transmission  with  little  if any  downtime.  As a  result  of such  technology
investments, MEDE AMERICA believes it is able to provide high quality service to
its  clients  in the  form  of  high  network  availability,  batch  transaction
reliability  and high  rates of  payor  claims  acceptance.  MEDE  AMERICA  also
believes  that its  technology  platform,  which is operating  at  approximately
one-third  of  its  total  capacity,  provides  it  with  substantial  operating
leverage.

     EXPERIENCED MANAGEMENT TEAM. Each member of the Company's senior management
team  has  over  15  years  of  experience  in the  information  technology  and
transaction  processing  industries and has extensive background in working with
emerging companies in the information  processing industry. The Company believes
that the range and depth of its senior  management  team  position it to address
the evolving  requirements  of its clients and to manage the growth  required to
meet its strategic goals.

                                       39

<PAGE>

GROWTH STRATEGY

     The  Company's  mission  is  to  be  the  leading  provider  of  integrated
healthcare transaction processing technology,  networks and databases,  enabling
its clients to improve the quality and efficiency of their services.  To achieve
this  objective,  the Company is  pursuing a growth  strategy  comprised  of the
following elements:

   o  PROVIDE COMPREHENSIVE SUITE OF EDI SOLUTIONS. The Company believes that it
      is critical to provide a full range of state of the art EDI  solutions  to
      clients at every stage of the healthcare transaction spectrum. The Company
      strives to develop fully modular products with open  architecture to allow
      for  easy  installation  and  integration  with  existing  systems.  These
      features enhance the ability of the Company to offer one-stop shopping for
      a client's EDI needs.

   o  FURTHER  PENETRATE  EXISTING  CLIENT BASE.  The Company  believes that the
      market  for EDI  transaction  processing  among its  current  clients  has
      significant  potential.  As EDI becomes more  widespread in the healthcare
      industry,   the  use  of  emerging  EDI  products  and  services  such  as
      eligibility,   enrollment,   electronic   credit  card   transactions  and
      electronic statement processing will become increasingly commonplace.  The
      Company  believes  that it is well  positioned to cross sell such emerging
      products and services to its existing client base.

   
   o  DEVELOP NEW EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES.  The Company intends to develop new
      EDI solutions to meet the evolving electronic transaction processing needs
      of its existing and future healthcare  clients.  The Company believes that
      the use of EDI will expand to  encompass an  increasing  range of services
      such as referrals, remittances and workers' compensation transactions. The
      Company has a team of 105 research and development  and technical  support
      professionals dedicated to developing,  supporting and commercializing new
      and enhanced EDI solutions.  In addition, the Company intends to undertake
      acquisitions in order to expand its suite of product offerings.
    

   o  UTILIZE  STRATEGIC  PARTNERSHIPS  TO EXPAND  CLIENT BASE.  MEDE  AMERICA's
      strategic  alliances  with vendors,  distributors  and dealers of practice
      management   software   have   played  an   important   role  in  building
      relationships  with small groups of physicians,  pharmacists and dentists.
      These companies  promote MEDE AMERICA's EDI products as a modular addition
      to their  practice  management  software.  The Company also has  strategic
      relationships with large hospital groups,  Medicaid  intermediaries,  PBMs
      and professional  organizations.  The Company believes that such strategic
      partnerships provide important  opportunities for increasing the Company's
      revenue base.

   o  PURSUE STRATEGIC ACQUISITIONS.  Currently, the EDI market includes several
      hundred  regional EDI service  providers  which occupy  selected niches in
      specialized  markets  and  geographical  areas.  The  Company  intends  to
      capitalize on the  fragmented  market for the provision of EDI services by
      aggressively pursuing consolidation opportunities in order to increase its
      client  and  revenue  base,  expand  its  product  suite,  enter  into new
      geographic markets,  utilize its operating leverage to increase efficiency
      and add new talent and  technical  capacity in  emerging  areas of the EDI
      processing industry.

SUITE OF EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

   
     MEDE  AMERICA's  products and  services  enable its  healthcare  clients to
process and transmit  transactions  more  efficiently and  accurately,  reducing
costs and  increasing  overall  processing  speed.  The  Company's  EDI products
incorporate open  architecture  designs and what the Company regards as "best of
breed"  technology  and may be purchased as modular  additions to existing  data
storage  and  retrieval  systems or as part of a  comprehensive  EDI  processing
system.  They are designed to be  compatible  with a broad  variety of hospital,
medical,  pharmacy  and dental  practice  management  and  billing  systems.  In
addition,  new products can be added to respond to changing client requirements.
The  scalability  of the Company's  products  permits its clients to accommodate
increasing  transaction  volumes without substantial new investments in software
and  hardware.  The  following  table  illustrates  the breadth of the Company's
product and service offerings: 
    

                                       40

<PAGE>

               MEDE AMERICA'S SUITE OF EDI PRODUCTS AND SERVICES

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  NAME OF PRODUCT/SERVICE                   DESCRIPTION OF
    AND MARKETS SERVED                 PRODUCT/SERVICE FEATURES                           CLIENT BENEFITS
    ------------------                 ------------------------                           ---------------

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                        <C>                                             <C>
HEALTHCARE CLAIM
 PROCESSING
MEDEClaim --               o Downloads  claims data from client soft-       o Accelerates cash flow through faster   
 All Markets                 ware applications and provides claims            claim reimbursement.
                             data entry and correction capability. Ed-      o Increaes cash flow through high level of
                             its, formats and screens transaction data        payor acceptance of edited claims.
                             to meet payor-specific requirements.           o Improves accounts receivables manage-
                                                                              ment.
                                                                            o Reduces administrative expenses.
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER CLAIM SERVICES

MEDE Assist --             o Bills, on a batch basis, pharmacy pre-         o Improves accounts receivable manage- 
  Pharmacy                   scriptions and performs non-electronic           ment and accelerates cash flow.
                             reconciliation and payor accounts re-          o Reduces administrative expenses.
                             ceivable management.   

Claims Tracking --         o Tracks and provides a lock box service         o Improves accounts receivable manage-
  Dental                     for payor reimbursements.                        ment and accelerates cash flow.

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ELIGIBILITY VERIFICATION
MEDE Eligibility --        o Verifies patients' eligibility for specific    o Reduces costs by minimizing fraud.
  All Markets                healthcare benefits for Medicaid and           o Ensures patient services are supported
                             commercial payors.                               by a designated health benefit plan.
                                                                            o Reduces administrative expenses.

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MEDICAID ENROLLMENT

Medicaid                   o Processes and tracks Medicaid enrollment       o Reduces expenses through on-line
  Enrollment Manage-         applications allowing for the verification       application process.
  ment System (MEMS)         and processing of Medicaid claims. Uti-        o Reduces application processing time.
  -- Medical                 lized by hospitals and government agen-        o Improves Medicaid claims billing and col-
                             cies in New York, New Jersey and                 lection.
                             California.                                    o Reduces bad debt.

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
TRANSACTION SWITCHING

MEDE Xchange --            o Routes real-time and batch transaction         o Reduces costs.
  All Markets                data from clients to facilitate transaction    o Increases network availability and
                             transmission to payors.                          reliability.
                           o Supports a broad array of access methods       o Provides extensive payor connectivity. 
                             including dial-up, dial to packet, ISDN and 
                             frame relay.
=======================================================================================================================
</TABLE>

                                       41

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 NAME OF PRODUCT/SERVICE                  DESCRIPTION OF
    AND MARKETS SERVED               PRODUCT/SERVICE FEATURES                          CLIENT BENEFITS
    ------------------               ------------------------                          ---------------

- ------------------------- --------------------------------------------- --------------------------------------------
<S>                       <C>                                           <C>
REAL-TIME PHARMACY
 BENEFIT MANAGEMENT
 ("PBM")

MEDE Select --            o Adjudicates on-line claims, incorporat-     o Accelerates cash flow through faster
  All Markets               ing patient eligibility and benefit review.   claim reimbursement.
                                                                        o Increases cash flow through high level 
                                                                          of payor acceptance of edited claims.
                                                                        o Improves accounts receivables management.
                                                                        o Reduces administrative expenses.

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PHARMACY PRACTICE
 MANAGEMENT
 SYSTEMS (PPM)
Solution Plus --          o Facilitates dispensing, inventory and       o Expands drug pricing and coverage
  Pharmacy                  pricing of products for hospital, outpa-      capabilities.
                            tient and clinic pharmacies.                o Improves cash flow.
                          o Provides on-line claims adjudication.       o Improves efficiency of pharmacy
                                                                          management and operations.

- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OTHER PRODUCTS AND
 SERVICES

Link --                   o Connects physicians to pharmacies for the   o Reduces costs related to manual genera-   
  Medical and Pharmacy      transmission of prescriptions and related     tion and transmission of prescriptions.
                            information and approvals.                  o Increases accuracy and transmission speed
                                                                          of prescriptions.

Formulary                 o Administers and manages formulary pro-      o Reduces drug costs and increases PBM
  Management --             grams for PBMs.                               revenue through manufacturer incentives,
  Pharmacy                o Promotes the usage by healthcare plans of   o Promotes compliance with payor formu-
                            designated drug products.                     laries.
Patient Statements --     o Facilitates patient statement billing.      o Reduces costs and improves patient
  All Markets                                                             relations.

Credit/Debit Card and     o Assists patients in making co-payments or   o Reduces bad debt and enhances patient
  Check Guarantee --        paying other out-of-pocket charges.           convenience.
  All Markets

Additional EDI            o Processes data relating to referrals, en-   o Reduces practice expense and improves
  Transactions --           counters and benefit pre-certifications.      efficiency and patient relations.
  All Markets
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    

CLIENTS

     The Company  markets  its  products  primarily  to  hospitals,  pharmacies,
physicians,   dentists  and  other  healthcare  providers  and  provider  groups
(including HMOs, PPOs and healthcare practice management  vendors).  The Company
processes  transactions  for  providers  in  all  50  states,  with  75%  of its
transactions generated by providers in 28 states. The Company believes it is one
of the  largest  pharmacy  transaction  routers  in the U.S.  (based on  volume)
serving more than 42,000 pharmacies in various EDI capacities.

                                       42

<PAGE>

   

MEDE  AMERICA  has a strong  presence  in the  medical  market in New York,  New
Jersey,  California,  Florida,  Minnesota,  and Ohio,  currently  providing  EDI
services to more than 1,000 hospitals and clinics, and 14,000 physicians. In the
dental  market,  MEDE AMERICA serves more than 8,000 dental  offices.  No single
client of the Company  accounted for more than 3% of the  Company's  revenues in
fiscal year 1998. 
    

SALES, MARKETING AND CLIENT SERVICES

   
     The Company  markets its products  through a national  sales and  marketing
organization  consisting of 91 associates organized according to market,  client
type and product category.  The Company also has a client services  organization
consisting of 61 associates dedicated to help desk and client support functions.
A significant  component of compensation  for all sales personnel is performance
based,  although the Company  bases quotas and bonuses on a number of factors in
addition  to  actual  sales,  such as  client  satisfaction  and  collection  of
receivables. 
    

     MEDE AMERICA's marketing efforts include direct sales, telesales, strategic
partnerships   with  healthcare   vendors,   trade  shows,   direct   marketing,
telemarketing,  the Internet,  and specific  advertising and marketing campaigns
where  appropriate.  In the medical and pharmacy markets,  the Company's current
strategic  business  alliances include  relationships with some of the country's
largest hospitals,  hospital  networks,  hospital  information  systems vendors,
practice management software vendors,  pharmacy chains, healthcare organizations
and payors.  The Company also maintains  strategic  alliances with certain state
Medicaid programs.

     MEDE AMERICA's strategic  alliances with vendors,  distributors and dealers
of  practice  management  software  have  played an  important  role in building
relationships  with  individual and small groups of  physicians,  pharmacies and
dentists.  These  companies  promote  MEDE  AMERICA's  EDI  products  as modular
additions  to their  practice  management  software.  MEDE  AMERICA has also won
endorsements from 18 state dental associations,  representing nearly half of all
dentists in practice  today.  The Company's  sales  channels  include  targeting
dental practice  management  companies and payor-driven  programs aimed at their
network  providers.  Recent  significant  expansion  of  MEDE  AMERICA's  direct
connectivity to dental payors has contributed to its ability to generate revenue
from this market  while at the same time  eliminating  its  dependence  on other
processors and clearinghouses.

RESEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT

   
     As of July 31, 1998, the Company employed 73 people in the areas of product
design,  research  and  development,  and 32  people  in the  areas  of  quality
assurance and technical support.  The Company's product development  strategy is
focused on continuous  enhancement  of its existing  products to increase  their
functionality  and  ease  of  use,  and  the  development  of new  products  for
additional  EDI  transactions  and  telecommunications   offerings.   Particular
attention  is devoted to the  ongoing  integration  of  developed  and  acquired
systems and applications into a consolidated  suite of EDI product offerings and
supporting services for the markets served by the Company.

     In the Company's 1996, 1997 and 1998 fiscal years, research and development
expenditures  totaled  $2,132,000,  $3,278,000  and  $3,941,000,   respectively,
representing  approximately 7%, 9% and 9%, respectively,  of the Company's total
revenues.  See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations." 
    

TECHNOLOGY AND OPERATIONS

     MEDE   AMERICA    recognizes   the   crucial   role   of   technology   and
telecommunications  in the EDI marketplace.  Since the beginning of fiscal 1996,
the  Company  has  acquired  new  hardware  and  software  and made data  center
improvements  costing  more  than $5.0  million.  As a result,  the  Company  is
currently operating at approximately  one-third of its operating  capacity.  The
continuing  use of newer  emerging  technologies  and platforms has  contributed
significantly to the Company's current  operational  position.  Examples of such
innovations  include the use of Internet  technologies  for data  transmissions,
on-line transaction monitoring tools and development of Windows-based  front-end
applications for clients.

                                       43

<PAGE>

Advanced Open Architecture

     MEDE AMERICA's  products and applications  offer clients the benefits of an
"open  architecture"  EDI system.  As a result,  a client's system can expand or
change  without  incurring  significant  incremental  capital  expenditures  for
hardware or  software.  The open  architecture  of the  Company's  systems  also
improves reliability and connectivity, and facilitates the cross selling of MEDE
AMERICA's products, in part because of the following characteristics:

   o  SCALABILITY.  The Company's systems are designed to take full advantage of
      the client/server environment,  UNIX operating systems and Redundant Array
      of Inexpensive Disks ("RAID") technology, allowing clients to expand their
      processing   capacity  in  order  to  accommodate   the  growth  of  their
      businesses.

   o  MODULARITY.  The Company's  client/server systems have been developed with
      discrete functionality that can be replicated and utilized with additional
      hardware. This modularity enables MEDE AMERICA to optimize application and
      hardware performance.

   o  REDUNDANCY.  The implementation of a dual site,  geographically  dispersed
      On-Line  Transaction  Processing  ("OLTP")  switch  (Twinsburg,  Ohio  and
      Mitchel  Field,  New  York)  and  RAID  technology  for  batch  processing
      significantly  reduces  the risk of  business  interruption.  Each site is
      designed to be entirely self-supporting.

   o  OPEN SYSTEMS. Through the use of an open systems architecture MEDE AMERICA
      is able to add new functionality to applications  without re-designing its
      applications or architecture.

   o  INDUSTRY  STANDARDS.  Through  the  adoption  and active use of  pertinent
      standards for healthcare EDI  processing,  MEDE AMERICA can support client
      and payor processing requirements and provide standard interfaces to other
      EDI processing organizations.

   o  EASE OF USE. The Company's products are either  Windows-based or GUI-based
      and  function  in UNIX,  Novell  and  Windows NT  operating  environments,
      thereby enhancing ease of use by MEDE AMERICA's clients.

   o  TELECOMMUNICATIONS OFFERINGS. MEDE AMERICA is an early adopter of emerging
      telecommunications  systems  enabling  the  Company  to  migrate  to newer
      services,  such as ISDN,  dial to packet,  frame  relay,  virtual  private
      networks  and Internet  communications.  These new  offerings  provide the
      Company with a competitive  advantage  through  improved service levels or
      pricing. To ensure reliable  connectivity to its EDI clients,  the Company
      has established relationships with multiple telecommunications vendors.

COMPETITION

     Competition  in the market  for the  Company's  products  and  services  is
intense and is expected to increase.  The EDI market is characterized by rapidly
changing  technology,  evolving  user  needs and  frequent  introduction  of new
products.  Many of the  Company's  competitors  and potential  competitors  have
significantly greater financial,  technical, product development,  marketing and
other resources and market  recognition than the Company.  In addition,  many of
the  Company's  competitors  also  currently  have,  or may  develop or acquire,
substantial  installed client bases in the healthcare  industry.  As a result of
these factors, the Company's  competitors may be able to respond more quickly to
new or emerging  technologies,  changes in client  requirements  and  political,
economic or regulatory  changes in the healthcare  industry,  and may be able to
devote  greater  resources  to the  development,  promotion  and  sale of  their
products than the Company.

     The Company's  principal  competitors  include  National Data  Corporation,
Envoy   Corporation   and  SSI,  Inc.  in  claims   processing  and  eligibility
verification;  QuadraMed Corporation in claims processing; Medifax, Inc. and HDX
Healthcare  Data Exchange  Corporation  in eligibility  verification;  and Envoy
Corporation  in  the  dental  market.  MEDE  AMERICA  also  may  face  potential
competition from other companies not currently involved in healthcare electronic
data  transmission,  which may enter the market as EDI becomes more established.
The Company believes that existing and potential clients in the

                                       44

<PAGE>

healthcare  EDI  market  evaluate  the  products  and  services of competing EDI
providers  on  the  basis of the compatibility of the provider's software, cost,
ease  of  installation,  the  range  of  applications  available, the quality of
service   and   the   degree   of  payor  connectivity.  See  "Risk  Factors  --
Competition."

GOVERNMENT REGULATION

     The  healthcare  industry  in the  United  States is  subject  to  changing
political,  economic and regulatory  influences  that may affect the procurement
practices and  operations of healthcare  organizations.  During the past several
years,  the  healthcare  industry  has been  subject  to  increasing  levels  of
governmental regulation of, among other things,  reimbursement rates and certain
capital  expenditures.  For example,  legislation  has been  proposed that would
mandate  standards and impose  restrictions on the Company's ability to transmit
healthcare data and recently,  Congress has had under consideration proposals to
reform the healthcare system. While some of these proposals,  if enacted,  could
increase the demand for EDI products and services in the healthcare  industry by
emphasizing cost  containment,  they might change the operating  environment for
the Company's clients in ways that cannot be predicted. Healthcare organizations
could react to these proposals by curtailing or deferring investments, including
those for the Company's products and services.

     The  confidentiality  of patient records and the circumstances  under which
such  records may be released  for  inclusion  in the  Company's  databases  are
subject to substantial  regulation.  State laws and regulations  govern both the
disclosure  and the use of  confidential  patient  medical  record  information.
Although  compliance with these laws and  regulations is at present  principally
the  responsibility  of the hospital,  physician or other  healthcare  provider,
regulations governing patient  confidentiality  rights are evolving rapidly. The
Health Insurance  Portability and Accountability  Act, passed in 1997,  mandates
the establishment of national standards for the confidentiality of patient data,
as well as record keeping,  data format and data security  obligations that will
apply to transaction processors,  among others. It is possible that standards so
developed  will  necessitate  changes to the  Company's  operations.  Additional
legislation  governing the dissemination of medical record  information has been
proposed at both the  federal and state  levels.  This  legislation  may require
holders of such  information  to implement  security  measures  that may require
substantial  expenditures by the Company. There can be no assurance that changes
to state or federal laws will not materially  restrict the ability of healthcare
providers  to submit  information  from  patient  records  using  the  Company's
products.   See  "Risk  Factors  --  Proposed  Healthcare  Data  Confidentiality
Legislation."

YEAR 2000 COMPLIANCE

   
     Many currently  installed  computer systems and software products are coded
to accept only two digit entries in the date code field.  These date code fields
will need to accept four digit  entries to  distinguish  21st century dates from
20th century  dates.  As a result,  prior to January 1, 2000,  computer  systems
and/or  software  used by many  companies may need to be upgraded to comply with
such "Year 2000"  requirements.  Significant  uncertainty exists in the software
industry  concerning  the potential  consequences  of the Year 2000  phenomenon.
Through  July 31,  1998,  the Company  has  expended  approximately  $225,000 in
addressing  Year  2000  problems.  The  Company  estimates  that it  will  incur
approximately  $795,000 in additional costs relating to its Year 2000 compliance
program;  however, there can be no assurance that such amount will be sufficient
to cover all costs relating to Year 2000 issues.  The Company  believes that the
majority  of all  transactions  being  processed  by it are running on Year 2000
compliant  systems.  However,  the Company believes that some systems with which
its own  computers  interact (for  example,  some payor and practice  management
systems) are not yet Year 2000 compliant,  and that the failure of these systems
to be made Year 2000  compliant in a timely manner may adversely  affect some of
the Company's operations. In addition,  certain systems operated by MEDE AMERICA
are not yet Year 2000 compliant.  The applications  running on these systems are
expected to be discontinued, migrated to other systems or corrected before 2000.
See "Management's  Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Year 2000 Compliance." However, there can be no assurance that the
Company's  systems will achieve Year 2000  compliance in a timely manner,  if at
all. See "Risk Factors -- Year 2000 Compliance." 
    

EMPLOYEES

   
     As of July 31,  1998,  the Company  employed 367 people,  including  102 in
operations, 91 in sales and marketing, 61 in client services, 73 in research and
development, 30 in finance and administration and 
    

                                       45

<PAGE>

ten  in  corporate. None of the Company's employees is represented by a union or
other  collective  bargaining  group. The Company believes its relationship with
its employees to be satisfactory.

FACILITIES

     The following chart  summarizes the Company's  facilities and their monthly
transaction capacities:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            ESTIMATED
                                                                             MONTHLY
                                                                           TRANSACTION        OWNED/LEASE
           FACILITY             PERSONNEL         TRANSACTION TYPE           CAPACITY       EXPIRATION DATE
           --------             ---------         ----------------           --------       ---------------
<S>                            <C>         <C>                            <C>           <C>
Ohio (Primary Medical and          152     Eligibility                      2,000,000   Owned
 Pharmacy Data Center)                     Real-Time Benefit Management     6,000,000
                                           Switching                       48,000,000

New York (Secondary Medical         33     Eligibility Enrollment           2,000,000   January 2003
 and Pharmacy Data Center)                                                     25,000

Georgia (Dental Data Center)        56     Dental Claims                    1,600,000   January 2001

Corporate Headquarters,            115     Real-Time Benefit Management     2,000,000   Various dates between
 Sales & Development                                                                    January 1999 and Feb-
 Offices (5 sites) and                                                                  ruary 2003.

 PBM Processing

</TABLE>

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY

     The Company considers its methodologies,  computer software and many of its
databases  to be  proprietary.  The  Company  relies on a  combination  of trade
secrets,  copyright and trademark  laws,  contractual  provisions  and technical
measures to protect its rights in various methodologies,  systems,  products and
databases.  The Company has no patents covering its software technology.  Due to
the nature of its  application  software,  the Company  believes that patent and
trade secret  protection  are less  significant  than the  Company's  ability to
further  develop,  enhance  and  modify  its  current  products.   However,  any
infringement  or  misappropriation  of the  Company's  proprietary  software and
databases  could  disadvantage  the Company in its efforts to retain and attract
new clients in a highly  competitive  market and could cause the Company to lose
revenues or incur substantial  litigation expense.  The Company seeks to protect
its  proprietary   information   through   nondisclosure   agreements  with  its
consultants,   clients  and  potential  clients,   and  limits  access  to,  and
distribution of, its proprietary information. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on
Intellectual Property; Risk of Infringement."

     Substantial litigation regarding intellectual property rights exists in the
software  industry,  and the  Company  expects  that  software  products  may be
increasingly  subject  to  third-party  infringement  claims  as the  number  of
competitors in the Company's  industry  segment grows and the  functionality  of
products  overlaps.  Although  the  Company  believes  that its  products do not
infringe on the  intellectual  rights of others,  there can be no assurance that
such a claim will not be asserted  against the Company in the future,  or that a
license or similar  agreement will be available on reasonable terms in the event
of an unfavorable  ruling on any such claim.  See "Risk Factors -- Dependence on
Intellectual Property; Risk of Infringement."

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

     In June  1995,  the  Company  acquired  substantially  all of the assets of
Latpon for a purchase price of $2,470,000,  plus the assumption of approximately
$963,000 of  liabilities.  On June 6, 1998,  Curtis J. Oakley  filed a complaint
with the  Supreme  Court of the  State of New York,  County of Nassau  asserting
multiple causes of action against several  persons,  including a cause of action
naming the  Company as a  defendant,  based on his  alleged  ownership  of a 22%
interest in Latpon.  According to the complaint,  Mr. Oakley's claim against the
Company  is for $2  million or such  other  amount as may be  equivalent  to the
present value of his alleged  ownership  interest in Latpon's  predecessor.  The
Company  believes  that it is fully  indemnified  by the former owners of Latpon
under the Latpon acquisition agreement against any costs or damages arising from
this claim.  By letter dated July 10, 1998,  one of the former  owners of Latpon
confirmed  that he would  indemnify the Company in accordance  with the terms of
the acquisition agreement.

                                       46

<PAGE>

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

   

     On July  17,  1998,  the  Company  entered  into a  Transaction  Processing
Agreement  (the  "Processing  Agreement")  with  Medic  Computer  Systems,  Inc.
("Medic"),  a subsidiary  of Misys plc that  develops and licenses  software for
healthcare  providers,   principally  physicians,   MSOs  and  PPMs.  Under  the
Processing  Agreement,  the Company will undertake certain software  development
obligations, and on July 1, 1999 it will become the exclusive processor (subject
to certain exceptions) of medical  reimbursement  claims for Medic's subscribers
submitted to payors with whom MedE has or  establishes  connectivity.  Under the
Processing  Agreement,  the  Company  will be entitled to revenues to be paid by
payors (in respect of which a commission is payable to Medic) as well as fees to
be paid by Medic.  The  Processing  Agreement  sets forth  detailed  performance
criteria and development and implementation timetables;  inability to meet these
criteria  may result in  financial  penalties or give Medic a right to terminate
this agreement. The Processing Agreement is for a fixed term of five years, with
annual renewals thereafter (unless either party elects to terminate).

     Contemporaneously,  to  ensure a close  working  relationship  between  the
parties,  on July 19,  1998 the Company  granted to Medic a warrant  (the "Medic
Warrant") to acquire  1,250,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock, at a per
share exercise price equal to the price of the Common Stock to the public in the
Offering or, in the event that an initial  public  offering is not  completed by
March 31, 1999, at an exercise  price equal to $8.00 per share.  The  difference
between  the  two  alternative  prices  reflects,  in the  Company's  view,  the
incremental value of a share of Common Stock resulting from the Offering and the
concurrent Recapitalization.  The Medic Warrant vests over a two year period and
may be  exercised  up to five  years from the date of grant.  The Medic  Warrant
contains customary weighted average antidilution provisions. The Company and the
principal stockholders  associated with WCAS and WBCP have agreed that following
the  completion of the Offering and until the earlier of the  termination of the
Processing  Agreement or the disposition by Medic and its affiliates of at least
25% of the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Medic Warrant,  Medic shall
have the right to designate one director to the Company's Board of Directors. As
of the date of this Prospectus, Medic has not named a designee. 
    

                                       47

<PAGE>

                                  MANAGEMENT

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

     The directors and executive officers of the Company are as follows:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

               NAME                   AGE    POSITION
               ----                   ---    --------
<S>                                  <C>     <C>
Thomas E. McInerney(2) ...........    56     Chairman of the Board of Directors
Thomas P. Staudt .................    45     President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
Richard P. Bankosky ..............    55     Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary
James T. Stinton .................    48     Chief Information Officer
William M. McManus ...............    43     Senior Vice President and General Manager -- Medical
                                             and Pharmacy
Roger L. Primeau .................    55     Senior Vice President and General Manager -- Dental
Anthony J. de Nicola(1) ..........    34     Director
Timothy M. Murray(1)(2) ..........    46     Director
</TABLE>

- ----------
(1) Member of Audit Committee

(2) Member of Compensation Committee

     Set  forth  below is  information  about  each of the  Company's  executive
officers and directors.

     THOMAS E.  MCINERNEY  has been  Chairman of the Board of  Directors  of the
Company since March 1995 and a general partner of WCAS, an investment firm which
specializes  in the  acquisition  of companies in the  information  services and
healthcare  industries,  since  September  1986.  Prior  to  joining  WCAS,  Mr.
McInerney was President and Chief Executive  Officer of Dama  Telecommunications
Corporation,   a  voice  and  data  communications  services  company  which  he
co-founded  in 1982.  Mr.  McInerney  has also been  President of the  Brokerage
Services Division and later Group Vice President-Financial Services of ADP, with
responsibility  for the ADP divisions  that serve the  securities,  commodities,
bank,  thrift and electronic funds transfer  industries,  and has held positions
with the American Stock Exchange,  Citibank and American Airlines. Mr. McInerney
holds a B.A. degree from St. Johns University,  and attended New York University
Graduate  School  of  Business  Administration.  He  is  a  director  of  Aurora
Electronics, Inc., The BISYS Group, Inc. and several private companies.

     THOMAS  P. STAUDT has been a director and the President and Chief Executive
Officer  of  the  Company  since  March  1995.  He served as President and Chief
Operating  Officer  of  CES  from  May 1993, and as a director from August 1994,
until  the  sale  of  CES  to  First  Data  Corporation and the formation of the
Company  in  March  1995. At CES, Mr. Staudt was responsible for credit card and
healthcare  transaction  processing operations. Prior to joining CES, Mr. Staudt
was  President and Chief Operating Officer of Harbridge Merchant Services, Inc.,
which  he  joined in December 1991. Mr. Staudt has also held positions with A.C.
Nielsen,  a  subsidiary  of  Dun & Bradstreet Corporation, and Wells Fargo Bank.
Mr.  Staudt  holds  a B.S. degree from the U.S. Naval Academy and an M.B.A. from
San Francisco State University.

     RICHARD  P.  BANKOSKY  has  been  Chief  Financial  Officer,  Treasurer and
Secretary  of  the  Company since May 1996. He served as Chief Financial Officer
and  Treasurer  for TII Industries, Inc. from April 1995 to February 1996. Prior
to  joining TII, he was Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer and Secretary for TSI
International  Software  Ltd from February 1989 to April 1995. Mr. Bankosky also
served  as  Chief  Financial  Officer and Secretary for V Band Systems Inc., was
founder  and  Chief  Operating  Officer  of NCR Credit Corporation and served as
Director  of  Corporate Development at NCR Corporation. He holds a B.E.E. degree
in  Computers  and  Electrical Engineering from Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute
and an M.B.A. from Adelphi University.

                                       48

<PAGE>

     JAMES T. STINTON has been Chief  Information  Officer of the Company  since
October  1995.  He served as Release  Manager at Charles  Schwab & Company  from
April 1992 to  September  1995.  In that  position  he was  responsible  for the
development,  coordination,  testing and implementation for the Microsoft NT and
UNIX Client Server software.  Prior to joining Charles Schwab & Company,  he was
POS Systems  Architect and Vice President at Wells Fargo Bank from February 1982
to April 1992.  Mr. Stinton holds a degree from ONC Business  Studies,  Coventry
Technical College,  Coventry,  England, and a graduate certificate from Consumer
Banking Association,  Retail Banking Management, McIntire Business School of the
University of Virginia.

     WILLIAM M. MCMANUS has been Senior Vice  President  and General  Manager --
Pharmacy and Medical of the Company since May 1997 and Senior Vice President and
General  Manager --  Pharmacy  since  February  1996.  From  April 1994  through
February  1996  he  was  head  of  pharmacy   system  sales  for  National  Data
Corporation. In that position he had overall responsibility for sales, marketing
and product  management  programs.  Prior to April 1994, Mr. McManus held senior
level positions at OmniSYS,  Inc., Healthcare Computer  Corporation,  PDX, Inc.,
and the computer  division of Foxmeyer  Corporation.  Mr.  McManus  holds a B.S.
degree in Health and Physical  Education  from the  University of South Carolina
and completed  postgraduate  courses in education and pharmacy at the University
of South Carolina.

     ROGER  L.  PRIMEAU  has  been  Senior Vice President and General Manager --
Dental  of the Company since October 1996. From August 1989 through June 1996 he
was   Vice   President,   Administration  and  Customer  Relations  of  National
Electronic  Information Corporation ("NEIC"). Prior to joining NEIC, Mr. Primeau
worked  at Columbia Life Insurance Co. and Aetna Life & Casualty in a variety of
management  positions.  Mr.  Primeau  holds  a  B.S. degree in Biology from Holy
Cross College.

     ANTHONY  J.  DE  NICOLA has been a director of the Company since March 1995
and  has been a general partner of WCAS since April 1994. Prior to joining WCAS,
Mr.  de  Nicola  was  an  associate  at  William  Blair  &  Company,  L.L.C., an
investment   banking  firm  with  which  he  had  been  affiliated  since  1990.
Previously,  Mr.  de Nicola worked in the Mergers and Acquisitions Department of
Goldman  Sachs  &  Co.  and held positions at McKinsey & Company and IBM. Mr. de
Nicola  holds  a  B.A.  degree from DePauw University and an M.B.A. from Harvard
Business  School.  He  is  a  director  of  SEER  Technologies, Inc. and several
private companies.

     TIMOTHY  M.  MURRAY has been a director of the Company since March 1995 and
is  a  principal  of William Blair & Company, L.L.C., an investment banking firm
with  which  he  has  been  associated since 1979. He has also been the managing
partner  of William Blair Leveraged Capital Fund since its formation in 1988 and
is  a  Managing  Director  of  WBCP.  Mr.  Murray  holds a B.A. degree from Duke
University  and  an  M.B.A.  from the University of Chicago. He is a director of
Daisytek International Corporation and several private companies.

THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

COMMITTEES OF THE BOARD OF DIRECTORS

     The only  standing  committees of the Board of Directors of the Company are
the Audit Committee and the Compensation Committee.  The Audit Committee reviews
the results  and scope of audits and other  services  provided by the  Company's
independent public accountants. Its members are Messrs. de Nicola and Murray. In
May 1998, the Board of Directors  constituted a Compensation  Committee composed
of  Messrs.   McInerney  and  Murray  which  will  be  responsible   for  making
recommendations  concerning  salaries and incentive  compensation  for executive
officers of the  Company.  Prior to May 1998,  the Board of  Directors  had sole
responsibility  for  establishing  executive  officer  compensation.  Thomas  E.
Staudt, the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, participated in the
deliberations of the Board concerning executive compensation.

COMPENSATION OF DIRECTORS

     Prior  to  the  Offering,   the  directors  of  the  Company   received  no
compensation  in respect of their service on the Board of  Directors.  Following
the  Offering,  under the "New Stock Plan" (as defined  in, and  described  more
fully under, "-- Employee Benefit Plans"),  each director who is not an employee
of

                                       49

<PAGE>

the Company or any parent,  subsidiary  or  affiliate  of the Company and is not
(and is not  affiliated  with) a  beneficial  owner of 5% or more of the  voting
stock of the Company (a "non-employee director") will be paid an annual retainer
of  $7,500,  plus  $1,000  for each  Board of  Directors  or  committee  meeting
attended,  and will receive annually a non-qualified stock option to purchase up
to 1,000  shares of Common Stock at the fair market value of the Common Stock on
the date of grant.

     Directors are entitled to reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred
while attending meetings of the Board of Directors or committee meetings.

DESIGNATED DIRECTOR

     The Company and the principal  stockholders  associated  with WCAS and WBCP
have agreed that, following the completion of the Offering and until the earlier
of the  termination of the Processing  Agreement or the disposition by Medic and
its  affiliates of at least 25% of the shares of Common Stock issuable under the
Medic  Warrant,  Medic  shall have the right to  designate  one  director to the
Company's Board of Directors.  As of the date of this Prospectus,  Medic has not
named a designee.

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

   
     The  following  table  sets  forth  certain   information   concerning  the
compensation  paid by the Company to its Chief Executive Officer and each of the
four other most  highly  paid  executive  officers  of the  Company  (the "Named
Executive Officers") in the 1998 fiscal year: 
    

                          SUMMARY COMPENSATION TABLE

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       LONG-TERM
                                                                                      COMPENSATION
                                                    ANNUAL COMPENSATION                  AWARDS
                                        ------------------------------------------- ---------------
                                                                                       SECURITIES
                                                                     OTHER ANNUAL      UNDERLYING       ALL OTHER
NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION              SALARY($)   BONUS($)(1)   COMPENSATION($)   OPTIONS(#)(2)   COMPENSATION($)
- --------------------------------------- ----------- ------------- ----------------- --------------- ----------------
<S>                                     <C>         <C>           <C>               <C>             <C>
Thomas P. Staudt ......................  185,833       150,000              --          229,141            --
 President and Chief Executive
 Officer
Richard P. Bankosky ...................  136,969        55,000              --           34,915            --
 Chief Financial Officer, Treasurer
 and Secretary
William M. McManus ....................  133,269        55,000              --           39,279            --
 Senior Vice President and General
 Manager -- Pharmacy and Medical
Roger L. Primeau ......................  121,050        25,000          27,900           23,567            --
 Senior Vice President and General
 Manager -- Dental
James T. Stinton ......................  158,878        50,000              --           40,371            --
 Chief Information Officer ............
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
(1) Bonuses are granted under a bonus formula annually  established by the Board
    of Directors, based upon the performance (measured by EBITDA) of the Company
    (or certain operating divisions thereof).  Unless a specified  percentage of
    the EBITDA target is achieved, no bonus is paid. EBITDA targets are adjusted
    to reflect accounting changes, acquisitions and other significant,  one-time
    events.

   
(2) Total number granted through June 30, 1998 (exercised and unexercised).

OPTION GRANTS IN LAST FISCAL YEAR

     The following  table sets forth  certain  information  regarding  grants of
options to purchase  Common Stock in fiscal 1998 to each of the Named  Executive
Officers: 
    

                                       50

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                 POTENTIAL
                                                                                                 REALIZABLE
                                                                                              VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                                                                              ANNUAL RATES OF
                                                                                                   STOCK
                                                                                             PRICE APPRECIATION
                                                    INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                        FOR OPTION TERM(1)
                              -------------------------------------------------------------- ------------------
                                    NUMBER OF          % OF TOTAL
                                   SECURITIES       OPTIONS GRANTED    EXERCISE
                               UNDERLYING OPTIONS   TO EMPLOYEES IN     PRICE     EXPIRATION
                                   GRANTED(#)        FISCAL YEAR(2)   ($/SHARE)      DATE      5%($)    10%($)
                              -------------------- ----------------- ----------- ----------- -------- ---------
<S>                           <C>                  <C>               <C>         <C>         <C>      <C>
Thomas P. Staudt ............         8,729               10.65%          5.73     3/5/08    31,424     79,696
Richard P. Bankosky .........         5,455                6.66%          5.73     3/5/08    19,638     49,804
William M. McManus ..........        12,001               14.65%          5.73          (3)  43,204    109,569
Roger L. Primeau ............         5,455                6.66%          5.73          (4)  19,638     49,804
James T. Stinton ............         5,455                6.66%          5.73     3/5/08    19,638     49,804
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
(1) Potential  realizable  value is based on the  assumption  that the price per
    share of  Common  Stock  appreciates  at the  assumed  annual  rate of stock
    appreciation  for the option  term.  The assumed 5% and 10% annual  rates of
    appreciation (compounded annually) over the term of the option are set forth
    in accordance with the rules and  regulations  adopted by the Securities and
    Exchange  Commission  and do not represent  the Company's  estimate of stock
    price appreciation.

   
(2) Based upon total grants of options to purchase  81,926 shares in fiscal year
    1998.

(3) Of such options,  2,182 expire July 31, 2007, 3,273 expire December 30, 2007
    and 6,546 expire March 5, 2008.

(4) Of  such options, 2,182 expire July 31, 2007 and 3,273 expire March 5, 2008.



AGGREGATED  OPTION  EXERCISES  IN  LAST  FISCAL  YEAR AND FISCAL YEAR-END OPTION
VALUES
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                NUMBER OF SECURITIES UNDERLYING        VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                    UNEXERCISED OPTIONS AT           IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                       JUNE 30, 1998(#)                  JUNE 30, 1998($)
                                -------------------------------   ------------------------------
                                 EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE     EXERCISABLE     UNEXERCISABLE
                                -------------   ---------------   -------------   --------------
<S>                             <C>             <C>               <C>             <C>
Thomas P. Staudt ............      109,551          97,767           $373,908        $322,136
Richard P. Bankosky .........            0          23,567                  0          72,286
William M. McManus ..........       15,711          23,568             45,688          68,544
Roger L. Primeau ............        3,622          19,945             11,976          60,310
James T. Stinton ............       13,529          26,842             45,732          83,486
</TABLE>
    

SEVERANCE AGREEMENTS

     The  Company  maintains  severance  agreements  with each of its  executive
officers  providing for salary  continuation  for a period of six months (twelve
months in the case of Mr.  Staudt) if the executive is terminated for any reason
other than malfeasance, misconduct or moral turpitude.

NON-COMPETITION, NON-SOLICITATION AND CONFIDENTIALITY AGREEMENTS

     Each  executive  officer and certain  other  employees  of the Company have
entered into a Non-Competition,  Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality  Agreement
with the  Company,  the terms of which are as  follows.  For a term of 12 months
following  the cessation of such  employee's  employment  with the Company,  the
employee will neither  compete with the Company in the United States nor solicit
any customer or employee of the  Company.  In  addition,  the employee  will not
disclose any trade secrets (as defined in the  agreement)  and, for a term of 12
months following the cessation of his or her employment by the Company, will not
disclose any confidential information (as defined in the agreement).

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

     Under the MEDE AMERICA  Corporation and its  Subsidiaries  Stock Option and
Restricted  Stock  Purchase  Plan (the "Stock  Plan"),  up to 655,000  shares of
Common Stock are  reserved  for  issuance to the  officers and  employees of the
Company. These shares may be issued either outright, as restricted stock awards,
or they may be issued pursuant to either "incentive stock options" under Section
422(b) of

                                       51

<PAGE>

   
the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  or  "non-qualified"
stock  options.  As of July 31,  1998,  options to purchase  up to an  aggregate
482,823 shares of Common Stock were  outstanding,  of which 212,715 options were
exercisable.  The weighted  average exercise price for all options granted under
the  Stock  Plan is $4.84  per  share.  Following  the  Offering,  the  Board of
Directors has provided  that no  additional  grants or awards will be made under
the Stock Plan.

     Under the MEDE AMERICA  Corporation and its Subsidiaries  1998 Stock Option
and Restricted  Stock Purchase Plan (the "New Stock Plan"), a variety of awards,
including  incentive stock options  intended to qualify under Section 422 of the
Internal  Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code"),  "non-qualified"  stock
options, restricted stock awards and other stock-based awards, may be granted to
officers, employees, directors,  consultants and advisors of the Company and its
subsidiaries.  An  aggregate  1,500,000  shares  of Common  Stock are  currently
reserved for  issuance  under the New Stock Plan.  The Board of  Directors  will
initially administer the New Stock Plan, but may delegate such responsibility to
a committee of the Board (the "Plan Administrator").     

     The terms  and  conditions  of  individual  awards  made to  employees  and
consultants and, except as described below,  non-employee  directors,  may vary,
subject to the following  guidelines:  (i) the exercise price of options may not
be less than 85% of the fair  market  value of the  Common  Stock on the date of
grant provided,  however, that neither (a) the exercise price of incentive stock
options nor (b) the exercise price of  non-qualified  stock options  intended to
qualify as  "performance-based  compensation" within the meaning of the Code may
be less than 100% of the fair  market  value of the Common  Stock on the date of
grant (or,  in the case of  incentive  stock  options  granted to a  stockholder
owning in excess of 10% of the total  combined  voting  power of all  classes of
Company stock, 110% of the fair market value); (ii) the maximum number of shares
of Common Stock which may be the subject of awards granted to any employee under
the New Stock Plan during any calendar  year may not exceed  300,000;  (iii) the
term of incentive stock options may not exceed ten years from the date of grant;
and (iv) no awards may be granted after June 30, 2008.

     Except as described below with respect to non-employee directors,  the Plan
Administrator  determines,  within the guidelines set forth above, the amount of
each award,  the  conditions  and  limitations  applicable to the exercise of an
option,  the exercise price therefor and the form of payment that may be used to
exercise the award,  which may include cash,  check,  shares of Common Stock and
promissory notes.

     Each  non-employee  director  automatically  receives  non-qualified  stock
options to purchase up to 1,000  shares of Common  Stock upon his or her initial
election to the Board of Directors and upon each anniversary  thereof upon which
he or she is still  serving  as a  director.  The  exercise  price for each such
option  is the fair  market  value on the date of grant.  Non-employee  director
options vest six months  after grant and the exercise  period may not exceed ten
years,  provided  that,  subject to certain  exceptions in the event of death or
disability,  no non-employee director options may be exercised more than 90 days
after such director ceases to serve as a director.

     The Board of Directors may grant restricted and  unrestricted  share awards
entitling  recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock, subject to the right of
the Company to repurchase  all or a part of such shares at their  purchase price
from  the  recipient  in  the  event  that  conditions  specified  by  the  Plan
Administrator  are not satisfied  prior to the end of the applicable  restricted
period.  Shares  of  restricted  stock may not be sold,  assigned,  transferred,
pledged or otherwise  encumbered during the applicable  restricted  period.  The
Plan  Administrator  may, in its sole  discretion,  grant or sell (at a purchase
price per share equal to at least 85% of the fair market value) shares of Common
Stock  free of any  restrictions  under  the New Stock  Plan.  In the event of a
merger or sale of all or substantially all the assets of the Company,  the Board
of Directors  may, in its  discretion,  take any one or more of certain  actions
including  accelerating  all unvested or  unrealizable  awards,  terminating all
unexercised   options  and  requiring  the  acquiring   company  to  assume  all
outstanding awards.

     While the Company  currently  anticipates  that most  grants  under the New
Stock Plan will consist of stock options,  the Company may also grant restricted
stock awards, which entitle recipients to acquire shares of Common Stock subject
to certain conditions. Options or other awards that are granted under

                                       52

<PAGE>
   
the New Stock Plan but  expire  unexercised  are  available  for future  grants.
Vesting of options under the New Stock Plan would be subject to  acceleration at
the discretion of the Board of Directors under certain circumstances.

     Under the  Company's  1998  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan (the  "Purchase
Plan"),  employees  of the Company,  including  directors of the Company who are
employees,  are eligible to participate  in semi-annual  plan offerings in which
payroll  deductions may be used to purchase shares of Common Stock. The purchase
price of such shares is the lower of 85% of the fair market  value of the Common
Stock on the day the offering  commences and 85% of the fair market value of the
Common  Stock on the date the offering  terminates.  The first  offering  period
under the Purchase Plan will not commence until the completion of the Offering.

     In addition,  on July 23, 1998, the Board the Directors determined to grant
options to purchase an  aggregate  400,000  shares of Common Stock under the New
Stock Plan to certain  employees of the Company  (including the Named  Executive
Officers)  contingent  upon  consummation of the Offering.  Such options,  which
include both incentive and  non-qualified  stock options,  will have an exercise
price equal to the price to the public in the Offering and  generally  will vest
ratably  over  four  years  from  the  date of grant  except  that  the  initial
installment of options to be granted to certain  executive  officers,  including
the Named Executive  Officers,  will vest immediately  upon  consummation of the
Offering.  The grants to be received by each of the Named Executive Officers are
as follows:  160,000  shares for Mr.  Staudt,  40,000 shares for each of Messrs.
Bankosky and McManus,  16,000  shares for Mr.  Primeau and 30,000 shares for Mr.
Stinton.
    

                                       53

<PAGE>

                             CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS

   
     In June 1995, the Company acquired MEDE OHIO,  through a merger between the
Company  and the  parent of MEDE  OHIO  ("Parent").  Parent  was owned by Welsh,
Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V, L.P. ("WCAS V"), which had formed Parent to acquire
MEDE  OHIO in an all  cash  merger  that was  consummated  in  March  1995.  The
acquisition price of MEDE OHIO, including amounts required to finance the merger
and to provide MEDE OHIO with working capital and pre-merger  bridge  financing,
was approximately $22.6 million. The exchange ratio in the merger between Parent
and  the  Company  was  based  on the  acquisition  cost  of  MEDE  OHIO  and an
independent  valuation of the Company that was performed in connection  with the
spin-off of the  Company by CES.  In the merger and a related  offering to raise
working  capital for the  Company,  the Company  issued an  aggregate  1,772,351
shares of Common Stock and 171,889 shares of Preferred Stock to investment funds
and individuals  affiliated with WCAS, and an aggregate 189,465 shares of Common
Stock and 28,987 shares of Preferred Stock to investment  funds  affiliated with
WBCP. 
    

     In October 1995, WCAS V and Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P. ("WCAS
VI"),  each  advanced  the Company  $1.75  million as bridge  financing  for the
Company's acquisition of EC&F and Premier. The loan bore interest at the rate of
10% per annum and matured on December 31, 1995.  The Company  repaid the loan in
December 1995.

     On  December  18,  1995,   the  Company   issued  to  its  four   principal
stockholders,  WCAS V, WCAS VI, William Blair Capital  Partners V, L.P.  ("Blair
V"), and William Blair  Leveraged  Capital  Fund,  Limited  Partnership  ("Blair
LCF"),  warrants to purchase an  aggregate  52,532  shares of Common Stock at an
exercise  price of $4.58  per  share  in  connection  with  their  agreement  to
guarantee the Company's obligations under the Credit Facility.

     On  January  10,  1997,  the  Company  increased  the  amount of  available
borrowings under the Credit Facility, and in connection therewith,  WCAS V, WCAS
VI, Blair V and Blair LCF, each agreed to guarantee  payment of a portion of the
additional debt to be incurred under the increased credit line. In consideration
for such  guarantees,  the Company  issued to WCAS V, WCAS VI, Blair V and Blair
LCF  warrants  to purchase  an  aggregate  18,330  shares of Common  Stock.  The
warrants  have a ten-year  term and the exercise  price  thereunder is $5.73 per
share.

     On  October  31,  1997,  the  Company  increased  the  amount of  available
borrowings under the Credit Facility, and in connection therewith,  WCAS V, WCAS
VI, Blair V and Blair LCF each agreed to  guarantee  payment of a portion of the
additional debt to be incurred under the increased credit line. In consideration
for such  guarantees,  the Company  issued to WCAS V, WCAS VI, Blair V and Blair
LCF  warrants  to purchase  an  aggregate  34,200  shares of Common  Stock.  The
warrants  have a ten year term and the exercise  price  thereunder  is $5.73 per
share.

   
     On February 14, 1997 the Company issued a 10% Senior  Subordinated Note due
February  14, 2002 in the  principal  amount of  $25,000,000,  plus an aggregate
370,993  shares of Common  Stock,  to WCAS Capital  Partners II, L.P.  ("WCAS CP
II"), for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000,000. WCAS CP II is an affiliate
of each of WCAS V and WCAS VI, and Thomas McInerney and Anthony de Nicola,  both
directors  of the Company,  are general  partners of the sole WCAS CP II general
partner. The Company intends to use a portion of the proceeds of the Offering to
repay in full the Credit Facility and the 10% Senior Subordinated Note. See "Use
of Proceeds." The Company does not anticipate  further borrowing from or seeking
further loan guarantees from any of the entities referred to above.

     In  connection  with the issuance  and sale of its 10% Senior  Subordinated
Note to WCAS CP II,  the  Company  granted  to  WCAS CP II  certain  demand  and
"piggyback"  registration  rights pursuant to a Registration  Rights  Agreement,
dated as of February  14, 1997  between the Company and WCAS CP II. In addition,
the Company has granted demand and piggyback  registration  rights to Medic with
respect  to the  shares of Common  Stock  issuable  upon  exercise  of the Medic
Warrant.

     On July 19, 1998 the Company  granted to Medic the Medic Warrant to acquire
1,250,000  shares of the Company's Common Stock a per share exercise price equal
to the price of the Common  Stock to the public in the Offering or, in the event
that an initial public offering is not completed by March 31, 1999, 
    

                                       54

<PAGE>

   
at an exercise price equal to $8.00 per share.  The  difference  between the two
alternative  prices reflects,  in the Company's view, the incremental value of a
share  of  Common  Stock   resulting   from  the  Offering  and  the  concurrent
Recapitalization.  The Medic  Warrant  vests  over a two year  period and may be
exercised  up to five  years  after  the  date of  grant.  The  Company  and the
principal stockholders associated with WCAS and WBCP have agreed that, following
the  completion of the Offering and until the earlier of the  termination of the
Processing  Agreement or the disposition by Medic and its affiliates of at least
25% of the shares of Common Stock issuable under the Medic Warrant,  Medic shall
have the right to designate one director to the Company's Board of Directors. As
of the date of this Prospectus, Medic has not named a designee.

     The  terms  of the  Preferred  Stock  have  been  amended  to  provide  for
conversion of the aggregate  liquidation  value of the Preferred Stock including
accrued but unpaid  dividends  into Common Stock at the price per share received
by the Company upon the  consummation of its initial public  offering;  provided
further,  however,  that cash  realized by the Company  upon any exercise of the
Underwriters'  overallotment  option  would be applied to the payment of accrued
dividends  in lieu of having  such  dividends  convert  into  Common  Stock.  In
addition,  in  connection  with the  Offering,  the  holders of the  outstanding
warrants  (other than the Medic Warrant) agreed to exercise all such warrants by
the net issuance exercise method for an aggregate 66,375 shares of Common Stock.
WCAS V, WCAS VI,  Blair V and Blair LCF are the owners of an  aggregate  193,100
shares of Preferred  Stock, and warrants to purchase 52,532 and 52,530 shares of
Common Stock at exercise prices of $4.58 and $5.73 per share, respectively. 
    

     Blair  V  and Blair LCF, and Timothy Murray, a director of the Company, are
each  affiliates  of  William  Blair  &  Company,  L.L.C., an underwriter of the
Offering. See "Underwriting."

                            PRINCIPAL STOCKHOLDERS

   
     The following  table sets forth certain  information  regarding  beneficial
ownership of the Company's  Common Stock as of July 31, 1998, and as adjusted to
reflect the sale of Common Stock offered hereby, by (i) each person (or group of
affiliated  persons)  known by the  Company to own  beneficially  more than five
percent of the  outstanding  shares of Common Stock,  (ii) each of the Company's
directors, (iii) each of the Named Executive Officers and (iv) all directors and
executive  officers of the  Company as a group.  The numbers of shares set forth
below (i) give effect to the  Recapitalization and the Reverse Stock Split, (ii)
assume an Offering  price of $14.00 per share of Common Stock and (iii) assume a
sale of  3,600,000  shares of Common  Stock in the  Offering.  Unless  otherwise
indicated,  the  address for each  stockholder  is c/o the  Company,  90 Merrick
Avenue, Suite 501, East Meadow, New York 11554.     

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                     SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)
                                                --------------------------------------
                                                                PERCENTAGE OWNED(2)
                                                              ------------------------
                                                                BEFORE        AFTER
     NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER          NUMBER      OFFERING      OFFERING
     ------------------------------------          ------      --------      --------
<S>                                             <C>           <C>          <C>
Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe (3) .........    5,764,785       72.10%        49.71%
 320 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
 New York, NY 10019

William Blair & Co., L.L.C. (4) .............      920,229       11.51%         7.94%
 222 West Adams Street
 Chicago, Illinois 60606

Mellon Bank, as Trustee (5) .................      619,056        7.74%         5.34%
 767 Fifth Avenue, 26th Floor
 New York, NY 10153

Thomas P. Staudt (6) ........................      166,279        2.05%         1.42%
Richard P. Bankosky .........................       11,346           -             -
James T. Stinton (7) ........................       13,529           -             -
William M. McManus (8) ......................       16,583           -             -
</TABLE>
    

                                       55

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                         SHARES BENEFICIALLY OWNED(1)
                                                    ---------------------------------------
                                                                     PERCENTAGE OWNED(2)
                                                                   ------------------------
                                                                     BEFORE        AFTER
       NAME AND ADDRESS OF BENEFICIAL OWNER            NUMBER       OFFERING      OFFERING
       ------------------------------------            ------       --------      --------
<S>                                                 <C>            <C>          <C>
Roger L. Primeau (9) ............................       10,255            -             -
Thomas E. McInerney (10) ........................    5,632,270        70.44%        48.57%
 320 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
 New York, NY 10019

Anthony J. de Nicola (11) .......................    5,608,364        70.14%        48.37%
 320 Park Avenue, 25th Floor
 New York, NY 10019

Timothy M. Murray (12) ..........................      917,077        11.47%         7.91%
 222 West Adams Street
 Chicago, Illinois 60606

All current directors and executive officers as a    6,777,705        83.15%        57.68%
 group (10 persons) .............................
</TABLE>
    

   

- ----------
 -  Represents beneficial ownership of less than 1% of the Common Stock.

 (1) Gives effect to the  Recapitalization  and the Reverse Stock Split.  Unless
     otherwise indicated,  the entities and individuals identified in this table
     have sole voting and  investment  power with respect to all shares shown as
     beneficially  owned by them,  subject to  community  property  laws,  where
     applicable.

 (2) The  percentages  shown are  based on  7,995,787  shares  of  Common  Stock
     outstanding  on July 31,  1998,  plus,  as to each  entity or group  listed
     unless  otherwise  noted, the number of shares of Common Stock deemed to be
     owned by such holder  pursuant to Rule 13d-3 under the  Exchange  Act as of
     such date,  assuming  exercise  of  options  held by such  holder  that are
     exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Prospectus.

 (3) Includes  2,576,751 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS V, 2,592,917 shares
     of Common Stock held by WCAS VI, 62,354 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS
     Information  Partners L.P. ("WCAS  Info."),  370,993 shares of Common Stock
     held by WCAS CP II, and 161,770  shares of Common Stock held by  individual
     partners of WCAS.  Such  partners  are also  partners  of the sole  general
     partner  of each of the  foregoing  limited  partnerships.  The  respective
     general  partners of WCAS V, WCAS VI, WCAS Info.  and WCAS CP II are WCAS V
     Partners,  L.P., WCAS VI Partners,  L.P., WCAS INFO Partners and WCAS CP II
     Partners.  The individual  partners of each of these  partnerships  include
     some or all of Patrick J.  Welsh,  Russell L.  Carson,  Bruce K.  Anderson,
     Richard H. Stowe, Thomas E. McInerney, Andrew M. Paul, Robert A. Minicucci,
     Anthony J. de Nicola and Laura M.  VanBuren.  The  partners of WCAS who are
     also directors of the Company are Thomas E. McInerney (who is also Chairman
     of the Board of Directors) and Anthony J. de Nicola.  Each of the foregoing
     persons may be deemed to be the beneficial  owner of the Common Stock owned
     by WCAS.

 (4) Includes  602,641 shares of Common Stock held by Blair V, 314,436 shares of
     Common  Stock held by Blair LCF and 3,152 shares of Common Stock held by an
     individual  affiliated with WBCP.  Timothy M. Murray, a partner of WBCP, is
     also a director of the Company and may be deemed to be a  beneficial  owner
     of the Company's Common Stock owned by WBCP.

 (5) Includes  309,528 shares of Common Stock held by Mellon Bank as Trustee for
     the General Motors Salaried  Employees  Pension Trust and 309,528 shares of
     Common Stock held by Mellon Bank as Trustee for the General  Motors  Hourly
     Rate Employees Pension Fund.

 (6) Includes options to purchase up to 109,551 shares of Common Stock.

 (7) Includes options to purchase up to 13,529 shares of Common Stock.

 (8) Includes options to purchase up to 16,583 shares of Common Stock.

 (9) Includes options to purchase up to 10,255 shares of Common Stock.

(10) Includes  2,576,751 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS V, 2,592,917 shares
     of Common Stock held by WCAS VI, 62,354 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS
     Info. and 370,993 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS CP II. Mr.  McInerney
     disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

(11) Includes  2,576,751 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS V, 2,592,917 shares
     of Common Stock held by WCAS VI, 62,354 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS
     Info.  and 370,993 shares of Common Stock held by WCAS CP II. Mr. de Nicola
     disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares.

(12) Includes  602,641 shares of Common Stock held by Blair V and 314,436 shares
     of  Common  Stock  held by  Blair  LCF.  Mr.  Murray  disclaims  beneficial
     ownership of such shares.

                                       56

    
<PAGE>

                         DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

   
     The Company's  authorized  capital stock  consists of 30,000,000  shares of
Common Stock, and 5,000,000  shares of Preferred Stock.  Upon completion of this
Offering,  and after giving effect to the Recapitalization and the Reverse Stock
Split, there will be 11,595,787 shares of Common Stock (12,135,787 shares if the
Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is  exercised)  and no shares of Preferred
Stock   outstanding.   As  of  July  31,  1998,  before  giving  effect  to  the
Recapitalization  but after giving effect to the Reverse Stock Split, there were
5,684,847  shares of Common Stock  outstanding  and 239,956  shares of Preferred
Stock outstanding,  held of record by 127 stockholders.  In addition, as of July
31, 1998, before giving effect to the  Recapitalization  but after giving effect
to the Reverse Stock Split,  there were outstanding  options to purchase 482,823
shares of Common Stock and warrants to purchase  105,062 shares of Common Stock.
Pursuant to the  Recapitalization,  all such warrants will be exercised  (for an
aggregate  66,375  shares),  and all shares of Preferred Stock will be converted
into an  aggregate  2,244,565  shares of Common  Stock  (based on the  aggregate
liquidation  preference of the Preferred Stock as of July 31, 1998,  assuming no
exercise of the Underwriters'  over-allotment  option) prior to the consummation
of the  Offering.  On July 17,  1998,  the Company  issued to Medic a warrant to
purchase 1,250,000 shares of the Company's Common Stock. See "Prospectus Summary
- -- Recent Developments." 
    

COMMON STOCK

     The holders of Common Stock are entitled to one vote for each share held of
record on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. Subject to the rights
and preferences of the holders of any outstanding  Preferred  Stock, the holders
of Common Stock are entitled to receive  ratably such  dividends as are declared
by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available therefor.  In the event
of a liquidation,  dissolution  or winding up of the Company,  holders of Common
Stock have the right to a ratable portion of assets  remaining after the payment
of all debts and other  liabilities,  subject to the liquidation  preferences of
the holders of any  outstanding  Preferred  Stock.  Holders of Common Stock have
neither  preemptive  rights nor rights to convert  their  Common  Stock into any
other  securities  and are not  subject to future  calls or  assessments  by the
Company.  There are no redemption or sinking fund  provisions  applicable to the
Common Stock. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and the shares offered
hereby  upon  issuance  and sale will be,  fully  paid and  non-assessable.  The
rights,  preferences  and  privileges of the holders of Common Stock are subject
to, and may be  adversely  affected  by, the rights of the  holders of shares of
Preferred Stock that the Company may designate and issue in the future.

PREFERRED STOCK

   
     Upon  the  closing  of  this  Offering  and  assuming  no  exercise  of the
Underwriters'  over-allotment  option,  all of  the  outstanding  shares  of the
Preferred  Stock  together  with  accrued but unpaid  dividends  thereon will be
automatically  converted at the public  offering price into 2,244,565  shares of
Common Stock. 
    

     The Board of  Directors  is  authorized,  subject  to  certain  limitations
prescribed by Delaware law, without further action by the stockholders, to issue
up to 5,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, $.01 par value, in one or more series
and to  fix  the  rights,  preferences,  privileges  and  restrictions  thereof,
including  dividend  rights,   conversion  rights,   voting  rights,   terms  of
redemption, liquidation preferences, sinking fund terms and the number of shares
constituting any series or the designation of such series.  The Company believes
that the power to issue Preferred  Stock will provide  flexibility in connection
with possible corporate transactions.  The issuance of Preferred Stock, however,
could adversely  affect the voting power of holders of Common Stock and restrict
their rights to receive payments upon liquidation. It could also have the effect
of  delaying,  deferring or  preventing a change in control of the Company.  The
Company has no present plans to issue any shares of Preferred Stock.

WARRANTS

   

     As of July 31, 1998,  there were  outstanding  warrants to purchase  66,375
shares of Common Stock (on a "net exercise" basis) held by four investors. These
warrants will be exercised in full upon the closing of this Offering.

    

                                       57

<PAGE>

   
     On July 17, 1998 the Company  granted to Medic the Medic Warrant to acquire
1,250,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock,  at a per share exercise price
equal to the price of the Common Stock to the public in the Offering.  The Medic
Warrant vests over a two year period and may be exercised up to five years after
the date of grant. 
    

DELAWARE LAWS AND CERTAIN CHARTER AND BYLAW PROVISIONS; ANTI-TAKEOVER MEASURES

     Upon the  consummation  of this Offering  made hereby,  the Company will be
subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the DGCL, an  anti-takeover  law. In
general,  Section  203  prohibits  a  publicly-held  Delaware  corporation  from
engaging in a "business  combination"  with an  "interested  stockholder"  for a
period of three  years  after the date of the  transaction  in which the  person
became an interested  stockholder,  unless the business  combination  is, or the
transaction in which the person became an interested  stockholder was,  approved
in a prescribed manner or another prescribed  exception applies. For purposes of
Section 203, a "business  combination"  is defined  broadly to include a merger,
asset  sale  or  other  transaction  resulting  in a  financial  benefit  to the
interested  stockholder,  and  subject to  certain  exceptions,  an  "interested
stockholder" is a person who, together with affiliates and associates,  owns (or
within  three  years  prior,  did own) 15% or more of the  corporation's  voting
stock.

     All directors  elected to the Company's  Board of Directors serve until the
next annual meeting of the  stockholders  and the election and  qualification of
their  successors or their earlier death,  resignation or removal.  The Board of
Directors is authorized to create new  directorships  and to fill such positions
so created.  The Board of Directors (or its remaining members,  even though less
than a quorum) is also  empowered  to fill  vacancies  on the Board of Directors
occurring  for  any  reason  for  the  remainder  of  the  term  of  the  vacant
directorship.

     The  Company's  Bylaws  provide  that,  for  nominations  to the  Board  of
Directors or for other business to be properly  brought by a stockholder  before
an annual meeting of stockholders,  the stockholder must first have given timely
notice  thereof in writing to the  Secretary  of the  Company.  To be timely,  a
stockholder's  notice generally must be delivered not less than 90 days nor more
than 120 days  prior to the  anniversary  of the  immediately  preceding  annual
meeting. The notice by a stockholder must contain,  among other things,  certain
information about the stockholder delivering the notice and a description of the
proposed business to be brought before the meeting.

     Certain of the  provisions  of the  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation and Bylaws discussed above could make more difficult or discourage
a proxy  contest  or  other  change  in the  management  of the  Company  or the
acquisition  or attempted  acquisition  of control by a holder of a  substantial
block of the Company's  stock. It is possible that such provisions could make it
more difficult to accomplish,  or could deter,  transactions  which stockholders
may otherwise consider to be in their best interests.

     As  permitted  by  the  DGCL,  the  Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of
Incorporation  provides  that  Directors of the Company  shall not be personally
liable to the Company or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages for breach of
their fiduciary duties as Directors,  except for liability (i) for any breach of
their duty of  loyalty to the  Company  and its  stockholders,  (ii) for acts or
omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing
violation  of law,  (iii) for unlawful  payments of dividends or unlawful  stock
repurchases or redemptions,  as provided in Section 174 or successor  provisions
of the DGCL or (iv) for any  transaction  from  which the  Director  derives  an
improper personal benefit.

     The Amended and Restated  Certificate of  Incorporation  and Bylaws provide
that the Company  shall  indemnify  its  Directors  and  officers to the fullest
extent permitted by Delaware law (except in some circumstances,  with respect to
suits  initiated  by the  Director  or  officer)  and  advance  expenses to such
Directors or officers to defend any action for which  rights of  indemnification
are provided. In addition, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
and Bylaws also permit the  Company to grant such  rights to its  employees  and
agents. The Bylaws also provide that the Company may enter into  indemnification
agreements  with its Directors and officers and purchase  insurance on behalf of
any person whom it is required or permitted to indemnify.  The Company  believes
that these  provisions  will  assist the  Company in  attracting  and  retaining
qualified individuals to serve as Directors, officers and employees.

TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR

     The  transfer  agent and  registrar  for the  Common  Stock is  ChaseMellon
Shareholder Services.

                                       58

<PAGE>

                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

     Prior to this Offering there has been no market for the Common Stock of the
Company. The Company can make no prediction as to the effect, if any, that sales
of shares or the  availability  of shares for sale will have on the market price
prevailing from time to time. Nevertheless,  sales of significant amounts of the
Common Stock in the public market,  or the perception that such sales may occur,
could adversely  affect  prevailing  market prices.  See "Risk Factors -- Shares
Eligible for Future Sale."

   
     Upon  completion of this Offering,  the Company  expects to have 11,595,787
shares of Common  Stock  outstanding  (excluding  482,823  shares  reserved  for
issuance upon the exercise of  outstanding  stock  options and 1,250,000  shares
reserved for issuance upon the exercise of the Medic Warrant) (12,135,787 shares
of  Common  Stock  outstanding  if the  Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is
exercised in full). Of these shares, the 3,600,000 shares offered hereby will be
freely  tradable  without   restrictions  or  further   registration  under  the
Securities Act, except for any shares  purchased by "affiliates" of the Company,
as that term is  defined  in Rule 144 under the  Securities  Act,  which will be
subject to the resale limitations imposed by Rule 144, as described below.

     All of the remaining  7,995,787 shares of Common Stock  outstanding will be
"restricted  securities" within the meaning of Rule 144 and may not be resold in
the absence of registration  under the Securities Act, or pursuant to exemptions
from such registration  including,  among others, the exemption provided by Rule
144 under the Securities Act. Of the restricted  securities,  591,908 shares are
eligible for sale in the public market  immediately after this Offering pursuant
to Rule  144(k)  under  the  Securities  Act.  A total of  7,370,008  additional
restricted  securities  will be  eligible  for  sale  in the  public  market  in
accordance with Rule 144 or 701 under the Securities Act beginning 90 days after
the date of this Prospectus. Taking into consideration the effect of the lock-up
agreements described below and the provisions of Rules 144 and 144(k),

      restricted  shares  will  be  eligible  for  sale  in  the  public  market
immediately  after this Offering,  restricted  shares (excluding shares issuable
upon the  exercise of  outstanding  stock  options)  will be  eligible  for sale
beginning  90  days  after  the  date  of this  Prospectus,  and  the  remaining
restricted  shares will be eligible for sale upon the  expiration of the lock-up
agreements 180 days after the date of this Prospectus, subject to the provisions
of Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

     In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect,  beginning 90 days after
the date of this  Prospectus,  a person (or persons whose shares are required to
be aggregated)  whose  restricted  securities have been outstanding for at least
one year,  including a person who may be deemed an  "affiliate"  of the Company,
may only sell a number of shares  within any  three-month  period which does not
exceed the  greater of (i) one  percent  of the then  outstanding  shares of the
Company's  Common Stock  (approximately  115,957  shares after this Offering) or
(ii) the average weekly trading volume in the Company's Common Stock in the four
calendar weeks  immediately  preceding such sale.  Sales under Rule 144 are also
subject  to  certain  requirements  as to the  manner  of sale,  notice  and the
availability of current public  information  about the Company.  A person who is
not an  affiliate of the issuer,  has not been an affiliate  within three months
prior to the sale and has owned the restricted securities for at least two years
is entitled to sell such shares under Rule 144(k)  without  regard to any of the
limitations described above. 
    

     In  addition,  the Company has granted  demand and  piggyback  registration
rights to WCAS CP II with respect to 370,993 shares of Common Stock and to Medic
with respect to 1,250,000  shares of Common Stock  issuable upon the exercise of
the Medic  Warrant.  All or part of such shares may be sold in the public market
following  the  exercise  of such  rights  subject to the  lock-up  arrangements
described  below  with  respect  to  WCAS  CP II and  to  vesting  and  exercise
requirements with respect to the Medic Warrant.

   
     All officers,  directors and certain  holders of Common Stock  beneficially
owning, in the aggregate, shares of Common Stock and options to purchase

      shares  of  Common  Stock,  have  agreed,   pursuant  to  certain  lock-up
agreements,  that  they  will  not  sell,  offer to  sell,  solicit  an offer to
purchase,  contract  to sell,  grant any option to sell,  pledge,  or  otherwise
transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of Common Stock owned
by them,  or that could be  purchased by them through the exercise of options to
purchase Common Stock of the Company, for a period of 180 days after the date of
this 
    

                                       59

<PAGE>

Prospectus  without  the  prior  written  consent  of  Smith  Barney  Inc.  Upon
expiration  of the  lock-up  agreements,  all shares of Common  Stock  currently
outstanding will be immediately eligible for resale, subject to the requirements
of Rule 144.  The Company is unable to predict the effect that sales may have on
the then  prevailing  market  price of the  Common  Stock.  See  "Management  --
Employee Benefit Plans" and "Description of Capital Stock."

                                       60

<PAGE>

                                 UNDERWRITING

     Under the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the Underwriting
Agreement  dated the date hereof,  each  Underwriter  named below has  severally
agreed to  purchase,  and the  Company  has agreed to sell to such  Underwriter,
shares of Common  Stock which equal the number of shares set forth  opposite the
name of such Underwriter below.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

UNDERWRITER                                      NUMBER OF SHARES
- -----------                                      ----------------
<S>                                             <C>
   Smith Barney Inc. ..........................
   William Blair & Company, L.L.C. ............
   Volpe Brown Whelan & Company, LLC ..........
                                                     ------------
      Total ...................................
                                                     ============

</TABLE>

     The  Underwriters  are  obligated  to take and pay for all shares of Common
Stock  offered  hereby (other than those  covered by the  over-allotment  option
described below) if any such shares are taken.

     The  Underwriters,  for whom Smith  Barney Inc.,  William  Blair & Company,
L.L.C. and Volpe Brown Whelan & Company,  LLC are acting as representatives (the
"Representatives"),  propose  initially  to offer  part of the  shares of Common
Stock directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover
page hereof and part to certain  dealers at a price that represents a concession
not in excess of $ per share under the public offering price.  The  Underwriters
may allow,  and such  dealers may reallow,  a concession  not in excess of $ per
share to other  Underwriters  or to certain  other  dealers.  After the  initial
public  offering,  the public offering price and such concessions may be changed
by the  Underwriters.  The  Representatives  have  informed the Company that the
Underwriters do not intend to confirm sales to accounts over which they exercise
discretionary authority.

     The Company has granted to the  Underwriters an option,  exercisable for 30
days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up to an aggregate of 540,000
additional  shares of Common Stock at the public offering price set forth on the
cover page hereof less underwriting discounts and commissions.  The Underwriters
may exercise such option to purchase additional shares solely for the purpose of
covering  over-allotments,  if any,  incurred in connection with the sale of the
shares offered hereby. To the extent such option is exercised,  each Underwriter
will become obligated,  subject to certain conditions, to purchase approximately
the same  percentage of such  additional  shares as the number set forth next to
such  Underwriter's  name in the  preceding  table bears to the total  number of
shares in such table.

     The  Company  and the  Underwriters  have  agreed to  indemnify  each other
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

     The Company and its  executive  officers and  directors  and certain  other
holders  of Common  Stock and  securities  convertible  into or  exercisable  or
exchangeable  for Common  Stock have  agreed that for a period of 180 days after
the date of this Prospectus they will not,  without the prior written consent of
Smith Barney Inc., sell, offer to sell,  solicit an offer to purchase,  contract
to sell, grant any option to sell,

                                       61

<PAGE>

pledge  or  otherwise dispose of Common Stock or any securities convertible into
or  exercisable  or  exchangeable  for  Common  Stock  except in certain limited
circumstances. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."

     In connection  with this Offering and in accordance with applicable law and
industry practice,  the Underwriters may over-allot or effect transactions which
stabilize,  maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the Common Stock at
levels above those which might otherwise  prevail in the open market,  including
by entering  stabilizing  bids,  effecting  syndicate  covering  transactions or
imposing  penalty bids. A  stabilizing  bid means the placing of any bid, or the
effecting of any purchase, for the purpose of pegging, fixing or maintaining the
price of a security.  A syndicate covering  transaction means the placing of any
bid on behalf of the underwriting  syndicate or the effecting of any purchase to
reduce a short position  created in connection with the offering.  A penalty bid
means an arrangement that permits Smith Barney Inc., as managing underwriter, to
reclaim a selling  concession  from a syndicate  member in  connection  with the
Offering when shares of Common Stock originally sold by the syndicate member are
purchased in syndicate covering transactions.  Such transactions may be effected
on the Nasdaq National Market, in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. The
Underwriters  are not  required to engage in any of these  activities.  Any such
activities, if commenced, may be discontinued at any time.

     Prior to this  Offering,  there has been no public  market  for the  Common
Stock. Consequently,  the initial public offering price for the Common Stock has
been  determined by  negotiations  between the Company and the  Representatives.
Among the factors  considered in determining  the initial public  offering price
were the history of, and the  prospects  for,  the  Company's  business  and the
industry in which it competes,  an assessment of the Company's  management,  its
past and present  operations,  the past and present results of operations of the
Company and the trend of such results of operations,  the prospects for earnings
of the Company,  the present  state of the  Company's  development,  the general
condition of the  securities  market at the time of this Offering and the market
prices  of  similar  securities  of  comparable  companies  at the  time of this
Offering.

     William  Blair  &  Company,  L.L.C.,  one  of  the  Representatives  of the
Underwriters,  is  affiliated  with Blair V and Blair LCF, two of the  Company's
principal  stockholders  and, by virtue of such  affiliation,  is,  prior to the
Offering,  an  "affiliate" of the Company within the meaning of Rule 2720 of the
Conduct  Rules  of  the  National   Association  of  Securities  Dealers,   Inc.
Accordingly,  the Offering is being made in conformity  with certain  applicable
provisions of Rule 2720. Smith Barney Inc., another  Underwriter of the Offering
(the  "Independent   Underwriter"),   will  act  as  a  "qualified   independent
underwriter,"  as defined in Rule 2720,  in connection  with the  Offering.  The
Independent Underwriter,  in its role as qualified independent underwriter,  has
performed  due diligence  investigations  and reviewed and  participated  in the
preparation  of this  Prospectus  and the  Registration  Statement of which this
Prospectus  forms a part.  The  Independent  Underwriter  will not  receive  any
additional fees for serving as a qualified independent underwriter in connection
with the  Offering.  The price of shares of Common Stock sold to the public will
be no higher than that recommended by the Independent Underwriter.

     Timothy M.  Murray,  a director of the Company,  is a managing  director of
WBCP and a principal of William Blair & Company, L.L.C.

                                 LEGAL MATTERS

     The validity of the Common Stock offered hereby will be passed upon for the
Company by Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol and for the Underwriters
by Dewey Ballantine LLP, New York, New York.

                                    EXPERTS

   
     The  consolidated  financial  statements of the Company as of June 30, 1997
and 1998 and for each of the  three  years in the  period  ended  June 30,  1998
included  in this  Prospectus,  and the  related  financial  statement  schedule
included elsewhere in this Registration Statement, have been audited by Deloitte
& 
    

                                       62

<PAGE>

Touche LLP,  independent  auditors,  as stated in their reports appearing herein
and  elsewhere  in the  Registration  Statement,  and have been so  included  in
reliance  upon such report given upon their  authority as experts in  accounting
and auditing.

     The  statement of  operations  of Stockton for the year ended June 30, 1997
included  in this  Prospectus  has  been  audited  by  Deloitte  &  Touche  LLP,
independent auditors, as stated in their report appearing herein and has been so
included in reliance  upon such report given upon their  authority as experts in
accounting and auditing.

                            ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

     The Company has filed with the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  (the
"Commission"),  Washington,  D.C.  20549, a Registration  Statement on Form S-1,
including   amendments  thereto  (the  "Registration   Statement"),   under  the
Securities Act with respect to the shares of Common Stock offered  hereby.  This
Prospectus,  which  constitutes  part of the  Registration  Statement,  does not
contain all of the information set forth in the  Registration  Statement and the
exhibits and  schedules  filed  therewith,  certain  portions of which have been
omitted as permitted by the rules and regulations of the Commission. For further
information  with  respect to the Company and the Common Stock  offered  hereby,
reference is hereby made to such Registration  Statement and to the exhibits and
schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this Prospectus regarding the
contents of any  contract  or other  document  referred  to are not  necessarily
complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or
other  document  filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement,  each such
statement  being deemed to be qualified in its entirety by such  reference.  The
Registration  Statement,  including all exhibits and schedules  thereto,  may be
inspected  without charge at the principal  office of the Commission,  450 Fifth
Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at the following regional offices of
the  Commission:  the New York regional  office located at 7 World Trade Center,
Suite 1300, New York, New York 10048, and the Chicago regional office located at
the Citicorp  Center,  500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400,  Chicago,  Illinois
60661-2511.  Copies of this material may also be obtained from the  Commission's
Public Reference Section at 450 Fifth Street, N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549, at
prescribed rates. In addition, such material may also be accessed electronically
at the Commission's Internet home page: (http:// www.sec.gov).

     The  Company  intends to  furnish  its  stockholders  with  annual  reports
containing  financial  statements audited by its independent public accountants,
and will make available  quarterly  reports for the first three quarters of each
fiscal year containing  unaudited financial  information and such other periodic
reports as the Company may determine to be  appropriate or as may be required by
law.

                                       63

<PAGE>

                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           PAGE
                                                                                          -----
<S>                                                                                       <C>
MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION:

 Independent Auditors' Report .........................................................    F-2
 Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 1997 and 1998 .............................    F-3
 Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998    F-4
 Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Deficit) for the Years Ended June 30,
   1996, 1997 and 1998 ................................................................    F-5
 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998    F-6
 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements ...........................................    F-7

THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC.:

 Independent Auditors' Report .........................................................   F-19
 Statements of Income for the Year Ended June 30, 1997 and the Three Months Ended
   September 30, 1997 (Unaudited) .....................................................   F-20
 Notes to Financial Statement .........................................................   F-21
</TABLE>
    

                                      F-1

<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
MEDE America Corporation

   
We have audited the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets of MEDE America
Corporation and  subsidiaries  (the "Company") as of June 30, 1997 and 1998, and
the  related  consolidated   statements  of  operations,   stockholders'  equity
(deficit)  and cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended June
30, 1998.  These financial  statements are the  responsibility  of the Company's
management.  Our  responsibility  is to express  an  opinion on these  financial
statements based on our audits. 
    

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

   
In our opinion,  such consolidated  financial  statements present fairly, in all
material  respects,  the  financial  position of MEDE  America  Corporation  and
subsidiaries  as of June 30, 1997 and 1998, and the results of their  operations
and their  cash flows for each of the three  years in the period  ended June 30,
1998 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP



Jericho, New York
August 5, 1998
(August 27, 1998 as to Note 12)
    

                                      F-2

<PAGE>

                   MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
   
                             JUNE 30, 1997 AND 1998
    
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                      PRO FORMA
                                                                                                    STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                                              JUNE 30,                 EQUITY
                                                                     ---------------------------      JUNE 30,
                                                                         1997           1998            1998
                                                                     ------------   ------------   --------------
                                                                                                     (UNAUDITED)
                                                                                                     (NOTE 1.O.)
<S>                                                                  <C>            <C>            <C>

ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
 Cash and cash equivalents .......................................    $   1,919      $   2,950
 Accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts of
   $1,716, and $997, respectively.................................        6,318          7,920
 Formulary receivables ...........................................          405          2,341
 Inventory .......................................................          172            211
 Prepaid expenses and other current assets .......................          486            537
                                                                      ---------      ---------
   Total current assets ..........................................        9,300         13,959
PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT -- Net (Notes 3 and 6) ....................        5,517          4,711
GOODWILL -- Net (Notes 1 and 2) ..................................       24,834         32,522
OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS -- Net (Notes 1 and 4) ...................        5,357          5,501
OTHER ASSETS .....................................................          451            470
                                                                      ---------      ---------
TOTAL ............................................................    $  45,459      $  57,163
                                                                      =========      =========
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT)
 EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
 Accounts payable ................................................    $   2,134      $   3,630
 Accrued expenses and other current liabilities (Note 5) .........        9,195          7,715
 Current portion of long-term debt (Note 6) ......................          538            269
                                                                      ---------      ---------
   Total current liabilities .....................................       11,867         11,614
                                                                      ---------      ---------
LONG-TERM DEBT (Note 6) ..........................................       24,623         41,055
                                                                      ---------      ---------
OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES ......................................          215            194
                                                                      ---------      ---------
REDEEMABLE CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK:
 $.01 par value; 250 shares authorized; 240 shares issued and  
   outstanding (aggregate liquidation value of $23,996 plus ac-
   crued dividends) (Note 9) .....................................       28,823         31,223       $      --
                                                                      ---------      ---------       ---------
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Note 10)
STOCKHOLDERS' (DEFICIT) EQUITY:
 Common stock, $.01 par value; 6,329 shares authorized; 5,671
   and 5,685 shares issued and outstanding, respectively .........           57             57              79
 Additional paid-in capital ......................................       27,713         25,584          56,785
 Accumulated deficit .............................................      (47,839)       (52,474)        (52,474)
 Deferred compensation (Note 8) ..................................           --            (90)            (90)
                                                                      ---------      ---------       ---------
   Total stockholders' (deficit) equity ..........................      (20,069)       (26,923)      $   4,300
                                                                      ---------      ---------       ---------
TOTAL ............................................................    $  45,459      $  57,163
                                                                      =========      =========
</TABLE>
    

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-3

<PAGE>

                   MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
   
                   YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                    (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE AMOUNTS)
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                         YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                              ------------------------------------------
                                                                  1996           1997           1998
                                                              ------------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                                           <C>            <C>            <C>
REVENUES ..................................................    $  31,768      $  35,279       $ 42,290

OPERATING EXPENSES:
 Operations ...............................................       19,174         16,817         16,958
 Sales, marketing and client services .....................        7,064          8,769         10,765
 Research and development (Note 1) ........................        2,132          3,278          3,941
 General and administrative ...............................        6,059          5,263          4,865
 Depreciation and amortization ............................        5,176          5,293          6,743
 Contingent consideration paid to former owners of
   acquired businesses (Note 2) ...........................          538          2,301             --
 Write-down of intangible assets (Note 1) .................        9,965             --             --
 Acquired in-process research and development (Note 2).....           --          4,354             --
                                                               ---------      ---------       --------
 Total operating expenses .................................       50,108         46,075         43,272
                                                               ---------      ---------       --------

LOSS FROM OPERATIONS ......................................      (18,340)       (10,796)          (982)

OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE (Note 11) ..........................          313           (893)           (12)

INTEREST EXPENSE, Net .....................................          584          1,504          3,623
                                                               ---------      ---------       --------
LOSS BEFORE PROVISION FOR INCOME
 TAXES ....................................................      (19,237)       (11,407)        (4,593)

PROVISION FOR INCOME TAXES (Note 7) .......................           93             57             42
                                                               ---------      ---------       --------

NET LOSS ..................................................      (19,330)       (11,464)        (4,635)

PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS .................................       (2,400)        (2,400)        (2,400)
                                                               ---------      ---------       --------
NET LOSS APPLICABLE TO COMMON
 STOCKHOLDERS .............................................    $ (21,730)     $ (13,864)      $ (7,035)
                                                               =========      =========       ========
BASIC NET LOSS PER COMMON SHARE ...........................    $   (4.14)     $   (2.56)      $  (1.24)
                                                               =========      =========       ========
WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES
 OUTSTANDING -- BASIC .....................................        5,245          5,425          5,679
                                                               =========      =========       ========
</TABLE>
    

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-4

<PAGE>

                   MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
           CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY (DEFICIT)
   
                    YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
    
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                   COMMON STOCK     ADDITIONAL                                    TOTAL
                                                 -----------------    PAID-IN    ACCUMULATED     DEFERRED     STOCKHOLDERS'
                                                  SHARES   AMOUNT     CAPITAL      DEFICIT     COMPENSATION  EQUITY (DEFICIT)
                                                 -------- -------- ------------ ------------- ------------- -----------------
<S>                                              <C>      <C>      <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>
BALANCE, JULY 1, 1995 ..........................  5,237   $ 52       $ 29,935     $ (17,045)     $   --         $  12,942
 Net loss ......................................     --     --             --       (19,330)         --           (19,330)
 Preferred stock dividends .....................     --     --         (2,400)           --          --            (2,400)
 Issuance of warrants ..........................     --     --            121            --          --               121
 Exercise of stock options .....................     43      1            194            --          --               195
                                                  -----   ----       --------     ---------      ------         ---------

BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1996 .........................  5,280     53         27,850       (36,375)         --            (8,472)
 Net loss ......................................     --     --             --       (11,464)         --           (11,464)
 Preferred stock dividends .....................     --     --         (2,400)           --          --            (2,400)
 Issuance of common stock ......................    371      4          2,121            --          --             2,125
 Issuance of warrants ..........................     --     --             52            --          --                52
 Exercise of stock options .....................     20     --             90            --          --                90
                                                  -----   ----       --------     ---------      ------         ---------

BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1997 .........................  5,671     57         27,713       (47,839)         --           (20,069)
 Net loss ......................................     --     --             --        (4,635)         --            (4,635)
 Preferred stock dividends .....................     --     --         (2,400)           --          --            (2,400)
 Issuance of warrants ..........................     --     --             98            --          --                98
 Exercise of stock options .....................     14     --             65            --          --                65
 Issuance of stock options (Note 8) ............     --     --            108            --        (108)               --
 Amortization of deferred compensation .........     --     --             --            --          18                18
                                                  -----   ----       --------     ---------      ------         ---------
BALANCE, JUNE 30, 1998 .........................  5,685   $ 57       $ 25,584     $ (52,474)     $  (90)        $ (26,923)
                                                  =====   ====       ========     =========      ======         =========
</TABLE>
    

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-5

<PAGE>

                   MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
   
                   YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                           YEAR ENDED JUNE 30,
                                                                             -----------------------------------------------
                                                                                  1996             1997             1998
                                                                             -------------   ----------------   ------------
<S>                                                                          <C>             <C>                <C>
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
 Net loss ................................................................     $ (19,330)       $ (11,464)       $  (4,635)
 Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used
  in operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization ..........................................         5,176            5,418            7,102
  Provision for doubtful accounts ........................................           406              316              464
  Write-down of intangible assets ........................................         9,965               --               --
  Acquired in-process research and development ...........................            --            4,354               --
  (Gain) loss on sale of assets ..........................................           313                 (8)            13
  Non-cash compensation expense ..........................................            --               --               18
  Changes in  operating  assets and  liabilities  net of  effects of  businesses
   acquired:
   Accounts receivable ...................................................           977             (861)          (2,065)
   Formularly receivables ................................................           (74)            (331)          (1,936)
   Inventory .............................................................           262              (45)             (40)
   Prepaid expenses and other current assets .............................          (179)             175              (51)
   Other assets ..........................................................           243               13               19
   Accounts payable and accrued expenses and other current liabilities ...           997             (629)          (1,368)
   Other long-term liabilities ...........................................          (409)            (958)             (21)
                                                                               ---------        -----------      ---------
     Net cash used in operating activities ...............................        (1,653)          (4,020)          (2,500)
                                                                               ---------        -----------      ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
 Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired .............................        (3,648)         (11,450)         (10,674)
 Purchases of property and equipment .....................................        (1,271)          (1,477)            (913)
 Additions to goodwill and other intangible assets .......................            --             (143)            (699)
 Proceeds from sale of property and equipment ............................            --              461              182
 Proceeds from sale of net assets of Premier .............................            --              388               --
                                                                               ---------        -----------      ---------
     Net cash used in investing activities ...............................        (4,919)         (12,221)         (12,104)
                                                                               ---------        -----------      ---------
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
 Due to stockholders .....................................................        (4,484)              --               --
 Issuance of Senior Subordinated Note ....................................            --           22,875               --
 Issuance of common stock ................................................            --            2,125               --
 Net proceeds (repayments) under Credit Facility .........................         8,250           (8,250)          16,725
 Principal repayments of debt ............................................        (2,852)            (801)            (588)
 Principal repayments of capital lease obligations .......................          (452)            (518)            (567)
 Exercise of stock options ...............................................           195               90               65
                                                                               ---------        -----------      ---------
     Net cash provided by financing activities ...........................           657           15,521           15,635
                                                                               ---------        -----------      ---------
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS......................        (5,915)            (720)           1,031
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF YEAR .............................         8,554            2,639            1,919
                                                                               ---------        -----------      ---------
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF YEAR ...................................     $   2,639        $   1,919        $   2,950
                                                                               =========        ===========      =========
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW
 INFORMATION:
 Cash paid during the year for:
  Interest ...............................................................     $     394        $   1,541        $   3,018
                                                                               =========        ===========      =========
  Income taxes ...........................................................     $      69        $     111        $     102
                                                                               =========        ===========      =========
 Non-cash investing and financing activities:
  Assets acquired under capital leases or by incurring debt ..............     $     205        $     129        $     278
                                                                               =========        ===========      =========
  Issuance of warrants ...................................................     $     121        $      52        $      98
                                                                               =========        ===========      =========
</TABLE>
    

                See notes to consolidated financial statements.

                                      F-6

<PAGE>

                   MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                  NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
                   YEARS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996, 1997 AND 1998
    

1. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

a. Description  of Business - MEDE America  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  (the
   "Company")  is a leading  provider of  electronic  data  interchange  ("EDI")
   products  and  services  to a broad  range of  providers  and  payors  in the
   healthcare  industry.  The  Company's  integrated  suite of EDI  products and
   services  permits  hospitals,  pharmacies,  physicians,  dentists,  and other
   healthcare  providers and provider groups to electronically edit, process and
   transmit claims,  eligibility and enrollment  data, track claims  submissions
   through the claims payment process and obtain faster  reimbursement for their
   services.

   
   The accompanying  consolidated  financial  statements include the accounts of
   MEDE America  Corporation and its  wholly-owned  subsidiaries:  MEDE America,
   Inc. ("MEDE"), Medical Processing Center, Inc. ("MPC"), Wellmark Incorporated
   ("Wellmark"),  Electronic Claims and Funding,  Inc. ("EC&F"),  Premier Dental
   Systems Corp. ("Premier"),  and MEDE America Corporation of Ohio, Inc. ("MEDE
   OHIO")  (formerly  General Computer  Corporation).  MPC,  Wellmark,  and MEDE
   formerly  constituted the healthcare  information  services  business unit of
   Card  Establishment  Services ("CES").  On March 9, 1995, CES was acquired by
   First Data Corporation.  Prior to this transaction,  the former owners of CES
   spun off the healthcare  information  services business unit as a new company
   with MEDE  America  Corporation  formed to serve as the holding  company (the
   "Spin-off").  Because  there was no change in  ownership  as a result of this
   Spin-off,  the accompanying  consolidated  financial statements accounted for
   MEDE, MPC, and Wellmark on an historical cost basis.  Effective July 1, 1997,
   MEDE, MPC, Wellmark and EC&F were merged into MEDE America Corporation.

   The Company has instituted certain cost reduction  programs.  These programs,
   when coupled with the Company's revolving credit facility,  should enable the
   Company to satisfy its short-term cash flow and working capital  requirements
   for the foreseeable  future.  Additionally,  the Company has received support
   from  certain of its  stockholders  in the past and believes  that  continued
   support would be available if necessary to meet cash flow and working capital
   requirements.  However,  such  stockholders  are under no legal obligation to
   provide such support and, if the IPO (as herein  defined) is  consummated  as
   proposed, such stockholders may elect not to do so. (see Note 12).
    

b. Principles of Consolidation -- All significant intercompany  transactions and
   balances are eliminated in consolidation.

c. Revenue  Recognition -- Transaction and related formularly  services revenues
   (if applicable) are recognized at the time the transactions are processed and
   the services are rendered.  Other service revenues  (including  post-contract
   customer  support)  and  other  revenues   (including  revenues  relating  to
   insignificant  obligations  at the time sales are  recorded)  are  recognized
   ratably  over  applicable  contractual  periods or as  service  is  provided.
   Revenue  from the  licensing  of  software  is  recognized  only  after it is
   determined that the Company has no significant remaining obligations and that
   collectibility of the resulting receivable is probable. Revenue from hardware
   sales is recognized when the hardware is shipped.

d. Cash  and  Cash  Equivalents  -- The  Company  considers  all  highly  liquid
   instruments  with  original  maturity  dates  of three  months  or less to be
   components of cash and cash equivalents.

e. Accounts  Receivable -- Accounts  receivable are due primarily from companies
   in the healthcare industry.  Credit is extended based on an evaluation of the
   customer's financial condition, and generally collateral is not required.

f. Formularly  Receivables -- Formularly  receivables  represent amounts due for
   pharmacy related services  provided to Practice  Benefit  Management  ("PBM")
   clients.  Services include prescription  processing from EDI transactions and
   collecting and distributing pharmaceutical company fees for

                                      F-7

<PAGE>

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

   
   sponsored   programs  to  the  PBM  client.  The  Company  submits  processed
   transactions   qualifying   for   formulary   incentive   fees   to   various
   intermediaries  who have PBM program services  contracts with  pharmaceutical
   manufacturers   on  a  quarterly  basis,  in  arrears.   The   intermediaries
   consolidate  formulary  transactions  from various  processors  and, in turn,
   submit such transactions to the pharmaceutical manufacturers for payment. The
   additional  processing  and  reconciliation  time  of the  consolidators  and
   pharmaceutical  companies  results in a  collection  cycle for the Company of
   7-12 months.
    

g. Inventory -- Inventory is stated at the lower of cost  (first-in,  first-out)
   or market.

h. Property  and  Equipment  -- Property  and  equipment  is stated at cost less
   accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization,  and is  depreciated  using the
   straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets.

   
i. Goodwill -- Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net
   assets acquired and is amortized on a straight-line basis over 7 to 20 years.
   Accumulated amortization amounted to $3,284,000 and $5,297,000 as of June 30,
   1997 and 1998, respectively.
    

j. Other Intangible  Assets -- Other intangible  assets include purchased client
   lists,   purchased   software  and  technology,   and  capitalized   software
   development  costs.  Purchased  client lists are amortized on a straight-line
   basis  over three to five  years.  Amortization  of  purchased  software  and
   technology and of  capitalized  software  development  costs is provided on a
   product-by-product  basis at the greater of the amount computed using (a) the
   ratio  of  current  revenues  for a  product  to the  total  of  current  and
   anticipated  future  revenues  or  (b)  the  straight-line  method  over  the
   remaining  estimated  economic  life of the product.  Generally,  an original
   estimated  economic  life of three to five  years is  assigned  to  purchased
   software and technology and an original estimated economic life of five years
   is assigned to capitalized software development costs. Amortization begins in
   the period in which the related  product is available for general  release to
   customers.

   
k. Software  Development  Costs -- The development of new software  products and
   enhancements  to existing  software  products are expensed as incurred  until
   technological   feasibility  has  been   established.   After   technological
   feasibility  is  established,   any  additional   costs  are  capitalized  in
   accordance with Statement of Financial  Accounting Standards ("SFAS") No. 86,
   "Accounting For the Cost of Computer Software To Be Sold, Leased or Otherwise
   Marketed."  During the year  ended June 30,  1998,  the  Company  capitalized
   $462,000 of software  development costs on a project for which  technological
   feasibility  had been  established  but was not yet  available  for  customer
   release.  Prior to July 1,  1997,  the  Company  did not  have  any  software
   development  projects for which  significant  development costs were incurred
   between the  establishment of technological  feasibility and general customer
   release of the product.
    

l. Impairment  of  Long-Lived   Assets  --  In  accordance  with  SFAS  No.  121
   "Accounting for the Impairment of Long-Lived Assets and for Long-Lived Assets
   to Be Disposed  Of," the Company  continually  evaluates  whether  events and
   circumstances have occurred that indicate the remaining estimated useful life
   of goodwill and/or other  intangible  assets may warrant revision or that all
   or a portion of the remaining balance may not be recoverable.

   
   As a result of this evaluation process, during the fiscal year ended June 30,
   1996, the Company  wrote-down  approximately  $9,965,000 of costs relating to
   client lists and related  allocable  goodwill  obtained in the acquisition of
   MEDE OHIO. Such intangible  assets were written down to the net present value
   of the  estimated  future cash flows to be derived  from these  clients as of
   June 30, 1996. The write-down was required due to a loss of approximately 25%
   of the acquired MEDE OHIO client base.
    

                                      F-8

<PAGE>

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

m. Income  Taxes -- The Company  accounts  for income  taxes under SFAS No. 109,
   "Accounting  For Income  Taxes," which  requires  recognition of deferred tax
   assets and  liabilities  for the expected  future tax  consequences of events
   that have been included in the Company's financial statements or tax returns.
   Under this method,  deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined  based
   on the differences  between the financial  accounting and tax bases of assets
   and  liabilities  using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the
   differences are expected to reverse.

n. Use  of  Estimates  in  the  Preparation  of  Financial   Statements  --  The
   preparation of financial  statements in conformity  with  generally  accepted
   accounting  principles  requires management to make estimates and assumptions
   that affect the reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of
   contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and
   the reported  amounts of revenues and expenses  during the reporting  period.
   Actual results could differ from those estimates.

   
o. Pro Forma Stockholders'  Equity -- Pro forma stockholders'  equity as of June
   30, 1998 reflects the  conversion of 239,956  shares of preferred  stock plus
   $7,227,000 of accrued preferred stock dividends at the assumed initial public
   offering ("IPO") price of $14.00 per share. See Note 12.

p. Reclassifications  -- Certain  amounts in prior years'  financial  statements
   have been reclassified to conform with the 1998 presentation.

2. ACQUISITIONS

a. EC&F  and  Premier  -- In  October  1995,  the  Company  acquired  all of the
   outstanding shares of EC&F and Premier, which companies had common ownership,
   for a cash purchase price of approximately $4,050,000,  including transaction
   expenses.  The  transaction  was financed  through  loans  obtained  from the
   Company's  majority  stockholder.  Such loans were  subsequently  repaid with
   borrowings  under the  Company's  Credit  Facility  (as herein  defined).  In
   addition, the Company is contingently liable for additional  consideration if
   certain  earnings levels are attained  relating to EC&F during the three-year
   period following the  consummation of the transaction.  At June 30, 1996, the
   Company accrued $538,000 in connection with the contingent liability relating
   to earnings  levels  attained  during the first year.  At June 30, 1997,  the
   Company accrued a settlement  totaling  $2,216,000 relating to the contingent
   liability  for the  second  and third  years.  Such  accruals  of  contingent
   considerations  were  recorded as  compensation  expense as these  contingent
   payments  were  made to  former  shareholders  of EC&F and  Premier  who were
   required by the stock  purchase  agreement to remain in the Company's  employ
   during the  period in which the  contingent  consideration  was to be earned.
   Purchased  software and  technology  was valued at $764,000 and  generally is
   being  amortized  over  three  years.  EC&F and  Premier  are  developers  of
   electronic  systems  which  provide EDI services to the dental  industry.  In
   March  1997,  the  Company  sold the  operating  net  assets of  Premier  for
   $540,000,   including   the  buyer's   assumption   of  $152,000  of  Premier
   liabilities. There was no gain or loss on the sale of such net assets.

b. TCS -- In February 1997, the Company  purchased  certain assets of Time-Share
   Computer  Systems,  Inc.  ("TCS")  for  $11,465,000,   including  transaction
   expenses.  Purchased  in-process  research  and  development,  which  had not
   reached technological  feasibility and had no alternative future use amounted
   to  $4,354,000  and  was  charged  to  operations  at the  acquisition  date.
   Purchased  software and  technology was valued at $2,984,000 and generally is
   being   amortized  over  three  years.   TCS  provides  data  processing  and
   information  management  services  to  healthcare  providers  and  pharmacies
   through integrated  electronic data interchange  systems. The acquisition was
   financed by a portion of the proceeds from the Senior  Subordinated  Note and
   Share Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined) (Note 6).

c. Stockton  -- In  November  1997,  the Company  purchased  certain  assets and
   assumed certain  liabilities of The Stockton Group,  Inc.  ("Stockton") for a
   cash  purchase  price of  $10,674,000,  including  transaction  expenses.  In
   addition, the Company is contingently liable for additional consideration of
    

                                      F-9

<PAGE>

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)
   
   up to  $2,600,000  (plus  interest at an annual rate of 7.25%) if  Stockton's
   revenue  during the  12-month  period  ended  September  30, 1998 is at least
   $5,000,000. Based on revenues recorded through July 31, 1998 by Stockton, the
   Company has accrued additional  contingent  consideration of $1,383,000 as of
   June 30,  1998,  which was  treated  as  additional  purchase  price and was,
   therefore,  added to goodwill.  Purchased  software and technology and client
   lists were valued at $1,230,000 and $903,000, respectively, and generally are
   being  amortized  over five  years.  Stockton  is engaged in the  business of
   providing EDI and transaction processing services to the healthcare industry.
   The transaction was financed  through  borrowings  under the Company's Credit
   Facility.

These  acquisitions  were recorded using the purchase  method of accounting and,
accordingly,  the results of operations of these acquired companies are included
in the  consolidated  results of  operations  of the Company  since the dates of
their respective  acquisitions.  The purchase price of each acquisition has been
allocated to the  respective  net assets  acquired based upon their fair values.
Goodwill,  which  represents the excess of cost over the estimated fair value of
the net  assets  acquired,  for these  transactions  were as  follows:  EC&F and
Premier -- $3,586,000; TCS -- $3,727,000 and Stockton -- $8,281,000. Goodwill is
being  amortized  over 20 years except for the goodwill  recorded in  connection
with the acquisition of TCS which is being amortized over seven years.

The following  unaudited pro forma  information for the year ended June 30, 1997
and 1998 includes the operations of the Company,  inclusive of the operations of
both TCS and Stockton as if the  acquisitions had occurred at July 1, 1996. This
pro forma information gives effect to the amortization  expense  associated with
goodwill and other intangible assets acquired,  adjustments  related to the fair
market value of the assets and liabilities  acquired,  interest expense relating
to financing the acquisitions, and related income tax effects.

    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     1997           1998
                                                     ----           ----
                                                        (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                             <C>             <C>
Revenues ....................................     $  41,824       $ 43,936
                                                  =========       ========
Loss from operations ........................     $ (11,253)      $   (430)
                                                  =========       ========
Net loss ....................................     $ (13,604)      $ (4,320)
                                                  =========       ========
Net loss applicable to common stock .........     $ (16,004)      $ (6,720)
                                                  =========       ========
Basic net loss per share ....................     $   (2.95)      $  (1.18)
                                                  =========       ========
</TABLE>
    

3. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                           USEFUL LIVES
                                                             (IN YEARS)      1997        1998
                                                           -------------   --------   ---------
                                                                              (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                        <C>             <C>        <C>
Land ...................................................                    $  210     $   104
Building and improvements ..............................       20-25         2,190       2,193
Furniture and fixtures .................................           5         1,150       1,240
Computer equipment .....................................         3-5         5,696       6,747
                                                                            ------     -------
                                                                             9,246      10,284
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization .........                     3,729       5,573
                                                                            ------     -------
Property and equipment -- net ..........................                    $5,517     $ 4,711
                                                                            ======     =======
</TABLE>
    

   
                                      F-10
    
<PAGE>

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

4. OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Other intangible assets consist of the following:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                 1997        1998
                                              ---------   ---------
                                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                           <C>         <C>
Purchased client lists ....................    $2,989      $3,893
Less, accumulated amortization ............     1,518       2,220
                                               ------      ------
                                                1,471       1,673
                                               ------      ------
Purchased software and technology .........     6,859       8,288
Less, accumulated amortization ............     2,973       4,922
                                               ------      ------
                                                3,886       3,366
                                               ------      ------
Software development costs ................        --         462
                                               ------      ------
Other intangible assets -- net ............    $5,357      $5,501
                                               ======      ======
</TABLE>
    

   
Subsequent  to the  issuance  of the June 30,  1997  financial  statements,  the
Company's  management  determined  that a lower  discount  rate should have been
utilized  to  value  purchased  software  and  technology  acquired  in the  TCS
acquisition.  As a result,  the Company  reclassified  $343,000 from goodwill to
purchased software and technology. 
    

5. ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities consist of the following:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           1997        1998
                                                        ---------   ---------
                                                           (IN THOUSANDS)

<S>                                                     <C>         <C>
Accrued wages and related employee benefits .........    $1,010      $1,609
Rebate liability ....................................       488         291
Pharmacy claims liability ...........................       576         604
Accrued professional fees ...........................       795         364
Deferred revenue ....................................       749         614
Accrued reorganization costs (a) ....................     1,005          --
Due to former owners of acquired business ...........     2,216       1,945
Accrued litigation settlement .......................       860          --
Accrued interest ....................................         5         864
Other ...............................................     1,491       1,424
                                                         ------      ------
Total ...............................................    $9,195      $7,715
                                                         ======      ======
</TABLE>
    

   
- ----------
(a) As a  result  of the  Spin-off  (Note  1),  the  Company  recorded  a charge
    amounting to  $2,864,000  during the year ended June 30,  1995.  Such charge
    represented  amounts to be paid to former stockholders of MedE (who remained
    as executives of MedE) pursuant to contractual agreements which require such
    payments  to be made  upon a change in  control.  The net  present  value of
    remaining  payments  totaled  $1,005,000  as of June  30,  1997,  which  was
    included in accrued reorganization costs.

    

                                      F-11

<PAGE>

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

6. LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt consists of the following:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                         1997         1998
                                                                                      ----------   ----------
                                                                                          (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                                   <C>          <C>
Senior subordinated note less unamortized discount of $2,000,000 and $1,641,000
 at June 30, 1997 and 1998, respectively (a) ......................................    $23,000      $23,359
Credit Facility (b) ...............................................................         --       16,725
Obligations under capital leases (c) ..............................................        769          436
Loan payable relating to an acquisition, collateralized by $224,000 of certifi-
 cates of deposits at June 30, 1998 due in quarterly payments ranging from
 $15,000 to $25,000 through February 2002, interest at 6.7 percent.................        342          271
Note payable, in connection with the sale of certain assets due in monthly
 installments of $6,000 through January 2000, interest at 6.8 percent..............        180          114
Notes payable to former shareholders of EC&F, repaid in 1998 ......................         95           --
Note payable, collateralized by land and building of MEDE OHIO, due in
 monthly installments of $19,000 through July 2000, interest at 12.5 percent.......        592          419
Note payable to bank, repaid in 1998 ..............................................        173           --
Other .............................................................................         10           --
                                                                                       -------      -------
                                                                                        25,161       41,324
Less current portion ..............................................................        538          269
                                                                                       -------      -------
Total .............................................................................    $24,623      $41,055
                                                                                       =======      =======
</TABLE>
    

   

(a) On  February  14,  1997,  the  Company  entered  into an  agreement  with an
    affiliate  of certain  shareholders  of the Company  under which the Company
    issued a  $25,000,000  senior  subordinated  note (the "Senior  Subordinated
    Note")  and  370,993  shares  of  its  common  stock  valued  at  $2,125,000
    (representing  the  estimated  fair  value of the  common  stock)  for total
    consideration  of  $25,000,000  (the  "Senior  Subordinated  Note and  Share
    Purchase Agreement").  The $2,125,000 relating to the shares of common stock
    was  recorded  as a discount  on the Senior  Subordinated  Note and is being
    amortized  over  the  term  of the  Senior  Subordinated  Note.  The  Senior
    Subordinated  Note  bears  interest  at the rate of 10% per  annum,  payable
    quarterly.  One half of the principal  sum is due on February 14, 2001,  and
    the  second  half is due on  February  14,  2002.  The  terms of the  Senior
    Subordinated  Note and Share Purchase  Agreement  place  restrictions on the
    consolidation, merger, or sale of the Company, indebtedness, and the payment
    of any cash dividends.

(b) The  revolving  line of credit  from a bank  (the  "Credit  Facility")  , as
    currently  amended on October 30, 1997,  provides for maximum  borrowings of
    $20,000,000 and expires on October 31, 1999.  Borrowings under the agreement
    bear  interest at either the bank's base rate,  as defined,  plus .25% or an
    offshore rate, as defined, plus 1.25%. The weighted average interest rate on
    outstanding  borrowings at June 30, 1998 was 6.93%.  The Company is required
    to pay a  commitment  fee of .375% per annum on the  unused  portion  of the
    Credit  Facility.  All  borrowings  under the  agreement  are  guaranteed by
    certain  stockholders of the Company.  In consideration  for the granting of
    such guarantees,  the  stockholders  were issued warrants to purchase 52,530
    shares  (valued at $121,000),  18,330 shares  (valued at $52,000) and 34,200
    shares  (valued at $98,000) of the  Company's  common stock during the years
    ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998,  respectively.  All warrants issued were
    valued using the  Black-Scholes  Option  Pricing  Model.  The aggregate fair
    value of these  warrants is recorded in other  assets as deferred  financing
    costs and is being  amortized over the life of the  agreement.  The terms of
    the agreement,  among other matters, require the Company to maintain certain
    leverage and interest  coverage ratios and place  restrictions on additional
    investments, indebtedness and the payment of any cash dividends.

    

                                      F-12

<PAGE>

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

   

(c) The Company leases certain computer and office equipment under capital lease
    arrangements  expiring  through July 2000.  The gross value of the equipment
    held under capital  leases was $2,110,000 and $2,406,000 as of June 30, 1997
    and  1998,  respectively,  and  the  related  accumulated  amortization  was
    $1,524,000 and $2,211,000, respectively.

Maturities of long-term debt as of June 30, 1998 are as follows:
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                          DISCOUNT            
 YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,                           GROSS      ON NOTE       NET  
 --------------------                           -----      -------       ---  
                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)         
<S>                                           <C>         <C>         <C>     
1999 ...................................       $   664     $  395      $   269
2000 ...................................        17,164        437       16,727
2001 ...................................        12,594        483       12,111
2002 ...................................        12,543        326       12,217
                                               -------     ------      -------
Total ..................................       $42,965     $1,641      $41,324
                                               =======     ======      =======
</TABLE>                                     
    

Based upon the borrowing rates currently available to the Company for loans with
similar terms,  the fair value of the Company's debt  approximates  the carrying
amounts.

7. INCOME TAXES

   
The  provision  for income taxes for the fiscal years ended June 30, 1996,  1997
and 1998 consists entirely of current state income taxes.
    

The provision  for income taxes varies from the amount  computed by applying the
statutory U.S.  Federal income tax rate to the loss before  provision for income
taxes as a result of the following:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                             1996           1997           1998
                                                         ------------   ------------   ------------
                                                                       (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
       U.S. Federal statutory rate ...................     $ (6,541)      $ (3,878)      $ (1,562)
       Increases (reductions) due to:
        Nondeductible expenses .......................        3,674            293            238
        State taxes ..................................           93             57             42
        Net operating losses not producing current tax
          benefits ...................................        2,867          3,585          1,324
                                                           --------       --------       --------
        Total ........................................     $     93       $     57       $     42
                                                           ========       ========       ========

</TABLE>
    

The net deferred tax asset is comprised of the following:

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                 1997          1998
                                                             ------------  ------------
                                                                    (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                          <C>           <C>
       Accounts receivable ................................   $     685     $     399
       Property and equipment .............................         (61)          176
       Goodwill ...........................................       3,540         3,678
       Other intangible assets ............................         366           459
       Accrued expenses and other current liabilities .....       1,264           617
       Net operating loss carryforwards ...................      12,656        14,552
                                                              ---------     ---------
                                                                 18,450        19,881
       Less valuation allowance ...........................     (18,450)      (19,881)
                                                              ---------     ---------
       Total ..............................................   $      --     $      --
                                                              =========     =========
</TABLE>
    

                                      F-13

<PAGE>

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

   

The valuation  allowance increased during the years ended June 30, 1997 and 1998
primarily as a result of additional  net operating  loss  carryforwards  and net
deductible temporary differences, for which realization was not considered to be
more  likely  than  not.  In the event  that the tax  benefits  relating  to the
valuation  allowance  are  subsequently  realized,  approximately  $5,600,000 of
benefits would reduce goodwill.

As of June 30, 1998, the Company had Federal net operating loss carryforwards of
approximately  $36,380,000.  Such loss carryforwards  expire in the fiscal years
2005  through  2013.  Because  of the  changes in  ownership,  as defined in the
Internal  Revenue  Code,  which  occurred  during  1995 and  1996,  certain  net
operating loss carryforwards are subject to annual limitations.

8. STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

a. Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan -- In March 1995, the Company
   established  a stock option and  restricted  stock  purchase plan (the "Stock
   Plan").  The Stock Plan permits the  granting of any or all of the  following
   types of awards: incentive stock options ("ISOs"); nonqualified stock options
   ("NQSO");  or restricted  stock.  The Stock Plan  authorizes  the issuance of
   655,000 shares of common stock.  ISOs may not be granted at a price less than
   the fair market value of the Company's  common stock on the date of grant (or
   110  percent  of the fair  market  value in the case of persons  holding  ten
   percent or more of the voting  stock of the Company) and expire not more than
   ten years from the date of grant (five  years in the case of ISOs  granted to
   persons holding ten percent or more of the voting stock of the Company).  The
   vesting period relating to the ISOs is determined by the Option  Committee of
   the Board of Directors at the date of grant.  The exercise price,  expiration
   date,  and  vesting  period  relating to NQSOs are  determined  by the Option
   Committee of the Board of Directors at the date of grant.

   The table below summarizes the activity of the Stock Plan for the years ended
   June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998.
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                           WEIGHTED
                                           NUMBER          EXERCISE        AVERAGE
                                             OF             PRICE          EXERCISE
                                           SHARES           RANGE           PRICE
                                        ------------   ---------------   -----------
<S>                                     <C>            <C>               <C>
     Balance, July 1, 1995 ..........      480,316     $       4.58      $  4.58
       Options granted ..............      117,950     $       4.58      $  4.58
       Options exercised ............      (42,556)    $       4.58      $  4.58
       Canceled/lapsed ..............      (91,217)    $       4.58      $  4.58
                                           -------     ------------      -------

     Balance, June 30, 1996 .........      464,493     $       4.58      $  4.58
       Options granted ..............       51,059     $ 4.58-$5.73      $  5.17
       Options exercised ............      (19,642)    $       4.58      $  4.58
       Canceled/lapsed ..............      (65,684)    $       4.58      $  4.58
                                           -------     ------------      -------

     Balance, June 30, 1997 .........      430,226     $ 4.58-$5.73      $  4.64
       Options granted ..............       81,926     $       5.73      $  5.73
       Options exercised ............      (14,054)    $ 4.58-$5.73      $  4.62
       Canceled/lapsed ..............      (15,057)    $ 4.58-$5.73      $  4.62
                                           -------     ------------      -------

     Balance, June 30, 1998 .........      483,041     $ 4.58-$5.73      $  4.84
                                           =======     ============      =======

</TABLE>
    

   
   During March 1998, the Company granted 47,565 options at an exercise price of
   $5.73 per share. The Company later determined that the value of the Company's
   stock at the date of grant was $8.00.  As a result,  the  Company  recorded a
   deferred  compensation  charge of $108,000  relating to the granting of these
   options, of which $18,000 was amortized during the year ended June 30, 1998.
    

                                      F-14

<PAGE>

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

   
   Significant  option groups  outstanding at June 30, 1998 and related weighted
   average price and life information were as follows:

    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                      WEIGHTED
                                       AVERAGE       WEIGHTED                     WEIGHTED
                                      REMAINING       AVERAGE                     AVERAGE
    RANGE OF           NUMBER        CONTRACTUAL     EXERCISE        NUMBER       EXERCISE
 EXERCISE PRICE     OUTSTANDING     LIFE (YEARS)       PRICE      EXERCISABLE      PRICE
- ----------------   -------------   --------------   ----------   -------------   ---------
<S>                <C>             <C>              <C>          <C>             <C>
$  4.58              375,804       7.4              $ 4.58          202,069      $ 4.58
$  5.73              107,237       9.6              $ 5.73           10,689      $ 5.73
                     -------                                        -------
                     483,041       7.9              $ 4.84          212,758      $ 4.64
                     =======                                        =======
</TABLE>
    

   

   The  Company  applies  APB  opinion  No. 25 and  related  interpretations  in
   accounting for its Option Plan.  Accordingly,  no compensation  cost has been
   recognized.  If  compensation  cost for the Company's  stock options had been
   determined   consistent  with  SFAS  No.  123,  "Accounting  for  Stock-Based
   Compensation,"  the  Company's  net loss and net loss per share for the years
   ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 would have been as follows:

    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                            1996            1997           1998
                                                       -------------   -------------   ------------
                                                          (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)

<S>                                                    <C>             <C>             <C>
   Net loss -- as reported .........................     $ (19,330)      $ (11,464)      $ (4,635)
   Net loss -- pro forma ...........................       (19,345)        (11,518)        (4,705)
   Basic net loss per share -- as reported .........         (4.14)          (2.56)         (1.24)
   Basic net loss per share -- pro forma ...........         (4.15)          (2.57)         (1.25)

</TABLE>
    

   

   The weighted  average  fair value of the options  granted for the years ended
   June 30, 1996, 1997, and 1998 is estimated at $1.56,  $1.83, and $1.92 on the
   date of grant  (using  the  minimum  value  option  pricing  model)  with the
   following  weighted  average  assumptions  for the years ended June 30, 1996,
   1997, and 1998, respectively:  a risk-free interest rate of 5.93%, 6.39%, and
   5.86%; an expected  option life of seven years and no expected  volatility or
   dividend  yield.  As  required  by SFAS No.  123,  the impact of  outstanding
   nonvested  stock options granted prior to July 1, 1995 has been excluded from
   the pro forma  calculation;  accordingly,  the 1996,  1997 and 1998 pro forma
   adjustments  are not indicative of future period pro forma  adjustments  when
   the calculation will apply to all applicable stock options.

b. Net income  (loss) per share -- In 1997,  the Company  adopted  SFAS No. 128,
   "Earnings  Per  Share."  Basic  income per share is  determined  by using the
   weighted  average  number of shares of common stock  outstanding  during each
   period.  Diluted  income per share  further  assumes  the  issuance of common
   shares for all dilutive  outstanding stock options and warrants as calculated
   using the treasury stock method.  Diluted earnings per share is not shown for
   any of the  periods  presented  because the effect of  including  outstanding
   options and warrants would be  antidilutive.  The  calculation  for the years
   ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998 was as follows:

    
<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                  1996                               1997
                                   ---------------------------------- ----------------------------------
                                                           PER-SHARE                          PER-SHARE
                                        LOSS      SHARES     AMOUNT        LOSS      SHARES     AMOUNT
                                   ------------- -------- ----------- ------------- -------- -----------
                                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                <C>           <C>      <C>         <C>           <C>      <C>
Net loss .........................   $ (19,330)                         $ (11,464)
Less: Preferred dividends ........      (2,400)                            (2,400)
                                     ---------                          ---------
Basic net loss per share .........   $ (21,730)   5,245   $(4.14)       $ (13,864)   5,425   $(2.56)
                                     =========    =====   ======        =========    =====   ======



<CAPTION>

                                                 1998
                                   --------------------------------
                                                          PER SHARE
                                       LOSS      SHARES    AMOUNT
                                   ------------ -------- ----------
                                   (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE
                                                 DATA)

<S>                                <C>          <C>      <C>
Net loss .........................   $ (4,635)
Less: Preferred dividends ........     (2,400)
                                     --------
Basic net loss per share .........     (7,035)   5,679   $(1.24)
                                     ========    =====   ======
</TABLE>
    

                                      F-15

<PAGE>

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

9. REDEEMABLE CUMULATIVE PREFERRED STOCK

   
As of June 30,  1997 and 1998,  the Company had  outstanding  239,956  shares of
preferred stock.  The preferred stock is subject to mandatory  redemption in two
equal installments on May 31, 2001 and 2002; however, the Company may redeem the
preferred stock in whole at any time or in part from time to time at its option.
The  Company  would also be  required to redeem the  preferred  stock  should it
consummate a public  offering of its common stock  pursuant to which the Company
receives aggregate net proceeds of at least $15,000,000. (See Note 12).

The redemption  price,  as well as liquidation  value, of the preferred stock is
$100  per  share  plus any  accrued  but  unpaid  dividends.  Dividends  on this
preferred  stock,  which are cumulative,  are payable,  if declared,  at $10 per
share per annum.  No  dividends  have been  declared or paid.  At June 30, 1998,
cumulative  undeclared  and unpaid  dividends on this  preferred  stock  totaled
$7,227,000.

10. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

    
a. Leases -- The Company leases certain  offices and equipment  under  operating
   leases.  The  minimum   noncancelable  lease  payments  are  as  follows  (in
   thousands):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,
- -----------------------------------------------
<S>                                               <C>
         1999 .................................    $1,405
         2000 .................................     1,351
         2001 .................................       919
         2002 .................................       654
         Thereafter ...........................       348
                                                   ------
         Total minimum lease payments .........    $4,677
                                                   ======
</TABLE>
    

   

   Rent expense for the years ended June 30, 1996,  1997 and 1998 was  $853,000,
   $1,309,000, and $1,307,000, respectively.

    

b. Litigation  -- The Company is engaged in various  litigation  in the ordinary
   course of business. Management, based upon the advice of legal counsel, is of
   the opinion that the amounts  which may be awarded or assessed in  connection
   with  these  matters,  if  any,  will  not  have  a  material  effect  on the
   consolidated financial position or results of operations.

c. Employment  Contracts -- The Company has employment contracts with certain of
   its  employees  with annual  enumeration  ranging  from  $95,000 to $110,000.
   Future minimum payments under these contracts are as follows (in thousands):

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,
- -----------------------
<S>                                          <C>   
  1999 ...................................    $206 
  2000 ...................................      79 
                                              ---- 
                                              $285 
                                              ==== 
                                             
</TABLE>
    

   
d. Defined   Contribution   Plans  --  The  Company   maintained   four  defined
   contribution  plans (the "Plans") for all eligible  employees,  as defined by
   the Plans until April 1, 1996.  On April 1, 1996,  the Company  combined  the
   Plans  into one  defined  contribution  plan (the "New  Plan").  The  Company
   previously made matching contributions at various percentages to three of the
   Plans in accordance  with the respective  Plan documents and currently  makes
   matching contributions to the New Plan in an amount equal to fifty percent of
   the employee salary  deductions to a maximum of four percent of the employees
   salary  in  accordance  with  the New Plan  document.  The  Company  incurred
   $197,000,  $227,000, and $194,000 for employer contributions to the Plans/New
   Plan for the years ended June 30, 1996, 1997 and 1998, respectively.
    

                                      F-16

<PAGE>

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

   
e. Service  Agreements -- The Company has entered into service  agreements  with
   telecommunications  providers  which  require the Company to utilize  certain
   minimum monthly amounts of the services of such providers.  These  agreements
   expire through November 2001. The Company was in compliance with the terms of
   these agreements as of June 30, 1998. The minimum monthly amounts under these
   agreements are as follows (in thousands):
    

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

YEAR ENDING JUNE 30,
- ------------------------
<S>                                               <C>       
  1999 .......................................     $ 1,795  
  2000 .......................................       1,497  
  2001 .......................................       1,429  
  2002 .......................................         543  
                                                   -------  
  Total ......................................     $ 5,264  
                                                   =======  
</TABLE>                                          
    

   
11. OTHER INCOME
    

In February 1997, the Company exercised 26,712 options to purchase common shares
of First Data Corporation and subsequently sold the common shares resulting in a
pre-tax  gain of $885,000.  Such options were issued to former  employees of the
Company  prior to the Spin-off but reverted to the Company upon the  termination
of these employees.

   
12. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
    

a. Proposed Public  Offering -- In 1998, the Company  determined to work towards
   an IPO of the Company's common stock on a firm commitment basis. The proposed
   IPO  contemplates  that a total of  3,600,000  shares of common stock will be
   offered at a price between  $13.00 and $15.00 per share.  The net proceeds of
   the IPO will be used to retire  all  outstanding  balances  under its  Senior
   Subordinated  Note and its Credit Facility plus any related accrued  interest
   (Note 6) and for other general corporate purposes including working capital.

   

b. Reverse  Stock Split and Increase in  Authorized  Common Stock and  Preferred
   Stock -- In  anticipation  of the proposed  IPO, on July 27, 1998 the Company
   amended and  restated its  certificate  of  incorporation  in order to, among
   other  things,  effect a reverse  stock  split of all issued and  outstanding
   common  shares at the rate of 1 for  4.5823,  which  decreased  the number of
   issued  and  outstanding  shares  as of  June  30,  1998  from  approximately
   26,050,000   to   approximately   5,685,000.   This  stock   split  has  been
   retroactively  reflected in the  accompanying  financial  statements  for all
   periods  presented.  The  Company  also  increased  the  number  of shares of
   authorized  common stock to 30,000,000 and the number of shares of authorized
   preferred stock to 5,000,000.

    

   

c. Recapitalization  -- In conjunction with the proposed IPO and as provided for
   in the Company's July 27, 1998 amendment and  restatement of its  certificate
   of incorporation,  the Company contemplates a recapitalization of its capital
   stock (the "Recapitalization").  The Recapitalization involves the conversion
   of all outstanding  preferred stock into common stock (based upon liquidation
   value as  defined in Note 9) and the  exercise  of all  outstanding  warrants
   (Note 6).  However,  cash  realized by the Company  upon any  exercise of the
   underwriters' overallotment option would be applied to the payment of accrued
   dividends in lieu of having such  dividends  convert into common  stock.  The
   preferred  stock  conversion  will be  effected  based upon the IPO price per
   share.  Assuming  an IPO price of $14.00  per  share and no  exercise  of the
   underwriters'  overallotment,  the  preferred  stock will be  converted  into
   approximately  2,230,000  shares  of  common  stock.  The  warrants  will  be
   converted, in a cashless exercise, into approximately 66,000 shares of common
   stock.

    
d. Stock  Purchase  Plan -- In  anticipation  of the proposed IPO, the Board has
   approved  the 1998  Employee  Stock  Purchase  Plan  (the  "Purchase  Plan").
   Employees of the Company, including direc-

                                      F-17

<PAGE>

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
            NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - (CONTINUED)

   tors of the  Company  who are  employees,  are  eligible  to  participate  in
   quarterly plan offerings in which payroll  deductions may be used to purchase
   shares of common stock.  The purchase price of such shares is the lower of 85
   percent of the fair market  value of the common stock on the day the offering
   commences  and 85 percent of the fair market value of the common stock on the
   date the offering  terminates.  The first offering  period under the Purchase
   Plan will not commence until the completion of the IPO.

e. New Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan -- In anticipation of the
   proposed  IPO, the Board has  approved  the 1998 Stock Option and  Restricted
   Stock  Purchase Plan (the "New Stock  Plan").  The New Stock Plan permits the
   granting  of any or all of the  following  types of awards:  incentive  stock
   options;  nonqualified stock options;  restricted stock; or other stock-based
   awards, to officers,  employees,  directors,  consultants and advisors of the
   Company.  To date,  no options  have been  granted  under the New Stock Plan,
   however,  the Board  determined  to grant  options to purchase  an  aggregate
   400,000  shares of common  stock  pursuant  to the New Stock  Plan to certain
   employees of the Company  (including certain executive  officers)  contingent
   upon consummation of the IPO. Such options,  which include both incentive and
   non-qualified  stock options,  will have an exercise price equal to the price
   to the public in the IPO and generally will vest ratably over four years from
   the date of grant  except  that the  initial  installment  of  options  to be
   granted to certain executive officers will vest immediately upon consummation
   of the IPO.

   
f. Revolving Line of Credit -- During July 1998,  the Company  received a letter
   from the lender under the Credit  Facility  committing  to provide an amended
   credit facility with total available  credit of $15.0 million.  This facility
   would be comprised  of a $7.5  million term loan to be used for  acquisitions
   and a $7.5  million  revolving  credit  loan to be used for  working  capital
   purposes,  each with a  maximum  term of two years  from the  earlier  of the
   completion of the IPO or October 31, 1998. Interest for the term and revolver
   loans is  computed  at .25% above the  bank's  base  rate,  or 1.25%  above a
   Eurodollar  based rate. Such borrowing rates are at the option of the Company
   for any particular period during which borrowings exist.

g. Transaction  Processing  Agreement -- On July 17, 1998,  the Company  entered
   into a transaction  processing  agreement (the  "Processing  Agreement") with
   Medic  Computer  Systems,  Inc.  ("Medic"),  a  subsidiary  of Misys plc that
   develops  and  licenses  software  for  healthcare   providers,   principally
   physicians,  MSOs and PPMs. Under the Processing Agreement,  the Company will
   undertake certain software  development  obligations,  and on July 1, 1999 it
   will  become the  exclusive  processor  (subject  to certain  exceptions)  of
   medical reimbursement claims for Medic's subscribers submitted to payors with
   whom MedE has or establishes  connectivity.  Under the Processing  Agreement,
   the Company  will be entitled to revenues to be paid by payors (in respect of
   which a commission  is payable to Medic) as well as fees to be paid by Medic.
   The  Processing  Agreement  sets  forth  detailed  performance  criteria  and
   development and implementation  timetables.  Inability to meet these criteria
   may result in financial  penalties  or give Medic a right to  terminate  this
   agreement.  The Processing  Agreement is for a fixed term of five years, with
   annual renewals thereafter (unless either party elects to terminate).

   Contemporaneously,  to  ensure  a  close  working  relationship  between  the
   parties,  on July 17, 1998 the Company granted to Medic a warrant (the "Medic
   Warrant") to acquire 1,250,000 shares of the Company's common stock, at a per
   share  exercise price equal to the price of the common stock to the public in
   the IPO or, in the event that the IPO is not  completed  by March 31, 1999 at
   an exercise  price equal to $8 per share.  The Medic Warrant vests over a two
   year period and may be exercised up to five years after  issuance.  The Medic
   Warrant contains  customary  weighted average  antidilution  provisions.  The
   Company and certain  principal  stockholders  have agreed that  following the
   completion  of the  IPO and  until  the  earlier  of the  termination  of the
   Processing  Agreement or the  disposition  by Medic and its  affiliates of at
   least 25% of the shares of common  stock  issuable  under the Medic  Warrant,
   Medic shall have the right to designate one director to the  Company's  Board
   of Directors. Medic has not yet named a designee.
    

                                      F-18

<PAGE>

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholder of
The Stockton Group, Inc.:

We have audited the accompanying statement of income of The Stockton Group, Inc.
(the  "Company") for the year ended June 30, 1997.  This financial  statement is
the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on this financial statement based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with generally accepted auditing standards.
Those standards  require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance   about   whether  the   statement  of  income  is  free  of  material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and  disclosures in the statement of income.  An audit also includes
assessing the  accounting  principles  used and  significant  estimates  made by
management,  as well as evaluating the overall statement of income presentation.
We believe that our audit of the statement of income provides a reasonable basis
for our opinion.

In our  opinion,  such  statement  of income  presents  fairly,  in all material
respects,  the results of  operations of the Company for the year ended June 30,
1997 in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina
October 7, 1997

                                      F-19

<PAGE>

                            THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC.
                              STATEMENTS OF INCOME
                 YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS
                     ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      YEAR ENDED      THREE MONTHS ENDED
                                                    JUNE 30, 1997     SEPTEMBER 30, 1997
                                                   ---------------   -------------------
                                                                         (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                <C>               <C>
REVENUES .......................................    $  3,801,953         $1,056,748
OPERATING EXPENSES:
 Operations ....................................        (563,295)          (137,495)
 Sales, marketing, and client services .........        (899,366)          (203,133)
 Research and development ......................        (103,153)           (24,405)
 General and administrative ....................        (159,517)           (72,425)
 Non-cash stock compensation (Note 4) ..........      (1,280,000)                --
 Depreciation and amortization .................        (109,336)           (37,411)
                                                    ------------         ----------
   Total operating expenses ....................      (3,114,667)          (474,869)
                                                    ------------         ----------
INCOME FROM OPERATIONS .........................         687,286            581,879
INTEREST EXPENSE ...............................        (111,260)           (22,574)
OTHER INCOME ...................................          11,229              8,020
                                                    ------------         ----------
NET INCOME (Note 1) ............................    $    587,255         $  567,325
                                                    ============         ==========
</TABLE>

                       See notes to financial statement.

                                      F-20

<PAGE>

                            THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC.
                          NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT

               YEAR ENDED JUNE 30, 1997 AND THE THREE MONTHS ENDED
                         SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 (UNAUDITED)
(INFORMATION  AS  IT  RELATES  TO  THE  THREE MONTHS ENDED SEPTEMBER 30, 1997 IS
                                  UNAUDITED)

1. DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT
   ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Description  of  Business -- The  Stockton  Group,  Inc.  (the  "Company"),  was
incorporated  as an S Corporation  in the State of South  Carolina in July 1993.
The Company  provides  computer-based  prescription  drug claims  processing  to
Pharmaceutical  Benefit  Managers  ("PBMs"),  Health  Maintenance  Organizations
("HMOs"),   Preferred  Provider  Organizations  ("PPOs"),  insurance  companies,
Third-Party  Administrators  ("TPAs"),  self-insured employers, and Taft-Hartley
Funds.  The Company's  services  range from claims  processing  to  full-service
program  management,  including  eligibility  verification,  drug  coverages and
exclusions,  concurrent  utilization review, drug pricing  verification,  supply
limitations and other applicable plan design requirements.  The Company supports
a network of over 40,000 pharmacies nationwide.

In addition to claims  processing fees, the Company receives rebate revenue from
drug manufacturers for prescription drug transactions that are processed through
the Company's system.

Use of Estimates in the  Preparation of Financial  Statements -- The preparation
of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting
principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
reported  amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent  assets
and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenues and expenses  during the  reporting  period.  Actual  results  could
differ from those estimates.

Major Customers -- For the year ended June 30, 1997,  three customers  accounted
for approximately 15%, 12% and 10%, respectively, of total revenues.

Revenue Recognition -- Revenue from prescription drug claims processing services
and  rebates  from drug  manufacturers  are  recognized  when the  services  are
delivered.

Property  and  Equipment  -- Property and  equipment  is  depreciated  using the
double-declining  balance method over the estimated  useful lives of the related
assets.  Assets under capital  leases are  depreciated  using the  straight-line
method over the lease term.

Income Taxes -- The Company has elected to be taxed as an S Corporation,  and as
such its income is included in the current  taxable  income of its  stockholder.
Accordingly, no provision has been made in the accompanying financial statements
for federal or state income taxes.

Unaudited  Interim  Financial  Statement  -- In the opinion of  management,  the
unaudited  statement of income for the three months ended  September 30, 1997 is
presented  on a basis  consistent  with the  audited  statement  of  income  and
reflects  all  adjustments,  consisting  of only normal  recurring  adjustments,
necessary  for a fair  presentation  of the  results  thereof.  The  results  of
operations  for the three months  ended  September  30, 1997 is not  necessarily
indicative of the results to be expected for the entire year.

2. NOTE PAYABLE TO STOCKHOLDER

The Company had a note  payable to  stockholder  with an  outstanding  principal
balance of $359,621 at June 30, 1997.  The note bore interest at a rate of prime
plus .25% (8.75% at June 30, 1997).

3. LEASE COMMITMENTS

The Company leased certain  equipment under operating leases expiring at various
dates  through  April  2000.  Rent  expense for the year ended June 30, 1997 was
approximately $12,000.

                                      F-21

<PAGE>

                            THE STOCKTON GROUP, INC.
                   NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENT - (CONTINUED)

In addition,  the Company  leased its office  facility and certain  computer and
office  equipment under capital lease  arrangements  with interest rates ranging
from 14.5% to 25%,  expiring  through July 2011. The lease  arrangement  for the
office  facility was with a corporation in which the Company's sole  stockholder
holds an ownership interest.

4. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS

During 1994,  the Company  granted a key  employee  the right to acquire  common
stock equivalent to a 25% equity ownership in the Company at no cost. The shares
have not yet  been  issued.  At the  date of the  grant,  the  Company  recorded
compensation  cost equal to the fair market value of shares to be awarded to the
executive.

During 1997, the Company  entered into an employment  agreement with another new
key executive. Among other things, the agreement granted the executive the right
to acquire a 10% equity  ownership  in the Company at a nominal cost ($1.00) or,
if the Company is sold within one year, to receive 10% of the sales  proceeds as
defined.  Accordingly, the Company has recorded compensation cost in 1997, equal
to the estimated  cash  settlement  to be paid to the  executive  based upon the
anticipated proceeds from the sale of the Company. (See Note 5).

5. SUBSEQUENT EVENT

In November 1997, the Company sold certain computer equipment, intangible assets
and the operations of the Company to MEDE America Corporation.  All other assets
and liabilities remained with the Company. The purchase price was $10,400,000 in
cash. In addition,  the purchase agreement requires additional  consideration of
up to  $2,600,000  (plus  interest  at an  annual  rate of  7.25%) to be paid if
Stockton's  revenue  during the 12-month  period ended  September 30, 1998 is at
least $5,000,000.

                                     ******

                                      F-22

<PAGE>
   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                                <C>
=============================================================================================================
       NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR OTHER PERSON
HAS BEEN  AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY  INFORMATION
OR TO MAKE ANY  REPRESENTATIONS  CONTAINED IN
THIS  PROSPECTUS  AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE, SUCH
INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS  NOT CONTAINED
HEREIN MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN                                        3,600,000 SHARES  
AUTHORIZED   BY  THE  COMPANY,   ANY  OF  THE                                                          
UNDERWRITERS  OR BY ANY  OTHER  PERSON.  THIS                                      [GRAPHIC OMITTED]   
PROSPECTUS  DOES NOT  CONSTITUTE  AN OFFER TO                                                          
SELL, OR A  SOLICITATION  OF AN OFFER TO BUY,                                           MEDE AMERICA   
ANY  SECURITIES  OTHER  THAN  THE  SHARES  OF                                           CORPORATION    
COMMON  STOCK  OFFERED  HEREBY,  NOR  DOES IT                                               
CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR A SOLICITATION                                   
OF AN  OFFER  TO BUY  ANY  OF THE  SECURITIES
OFFERED   HEREBY,   TO  ANY   PERSON  IN  ANY
JURISDICTION  IN WHICH IT IS UNLAWFUL TO MAKE
SUCH AN OFFER OR SOLICITATION TO SUCH PERSON.
NEITHER THE DELIVERY OF THIS  PROSPECTUS  NOR
ANY SALE  MADE  HEREUNDER  SHALL,  UNDER  ANY
CIRCUMSTANCES CREATE ANY IMPLICATION THAT THE
INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF
ANY DATE SUBSEQUENT TO THE DATE HEREOF.

          ---------------------
            TABLE OF CONTENTS                                                             Common Stock

<CAPTION>
                                                     PAGE

                                                  ---------
<S>                                               <C>
Prospectus Summary ............................        3
Risk Factors ..................................        9
Use Of Proceeds ...............................       18
Dividend Policy ...............................       18
Capitalization ................................       19
Dilution ......................................       20
Unaudited Pro Forma Consolidated Financial
   Information ................................       21                                    -------------  
Selected Consolidated Financial Data ..........       25                                                   
Management's Discussion And Analysis Of Fi-                                                  PROSPECTUS    
   nancial Condition And Results Of Operations.       27                                                   
Business ......................................       37                                    -------------  
Management ....................................       48                                  
Certain Transactions ..........................       54
Principal Stockholders ........................       55
Description Of Capital Stock ..................       57
Shares Eligible For Future Sale ...............       59
Underwriting ..................................       61
Legal Matters .................................       62
Experts .......................................       62
Additional Information ........................       63                                         SALOMON SMITH BARNEY    
Index To Financial Statements .................      F-1                                        WILLIAM BLAIR & COMPANY  
                                                                                             VOLPE BROWN WHELAN & COMPANY
                                                                                           

         ---------------------

       UNTIL , 1998 (25 DAYS  AFTER  THE DATE
OF THIS  PROSPECTUS)  ALL  DEALERS  EFFECTING
TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK,  WHETHER OR
NOT PARTICIPATING IN THIS  DISTRIBUTION,  MAY
BE  REQUIRED  TO DELIVER A  PROSPECTUS.  THIS
DELIVERY  REQUIREMENT  IS IN  ADDITION TO THE                                                AUGUST  , 1998   
OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS                                                
WHEN ACTING AS UNDERWRITERS  AND WITH RESPECT
TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
=============================================================================================================
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>

                                    PART II
                  INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION

     The following table sets forth the Registrant's expenses in connection with
the issuance and distribution of the securities being registered. Except for the
SEC Registration Fee and the National  Association of Securities  Dealers,  Inc.
("NASD") Filing Fee, the amounts listed below are estimates:

   
<TABLE>
<S>                                                     <C>
       SEC Registration Fee .........................    $ 18,320
       NASD Filing Fee ..............................       6,710
       Nasdaq Listing Fees ..........................           *
       Legal Fees and Expenses ......................           *
       Blue Sky Fees and Expenses ...................      10,000
       Accounting Fees and Expenses .................           *
       Printing and Engraving .......................           *
       Transfer Agent and Register Fees and Expenses.           *
       Miscellaneous ................................           *
                                                         --------
       Total ........................................    $950,000
                                                         ========
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
* To be filed by Amendment.

ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS

     The  Company's  Amended and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  (the
"Restated  Certificate") and By-laws provide that the Company shall indemnify to
the fullest extent authorized by the Delaware General  Corporation Law ("DGCL"),
each person who is involved in any litigation or other  proceeding  because such
person is or was a director or officer of the Company or is or was serving as an
officer or director of another entity at the request of the Company, against all
expense,  loss or  liability  reasonably  incurred  or  suffered  in  connection
therewith.  The  Restated  Certificate  and  By-laws  provide  that the right to
indemnification includes the right to be paid expenses incurred in defending any
proceeding in advance of its final  disposition;  provided,  however,  that such
advance  payment  will  only  be  made  upon  delivery  to  the  Company  of  an
undertaking, by or on behalf of the director or officer, to repay all amounts so
advanced if it is  ultimately  determined  that such director is not entitled to
indemnification.  If the Company does not pay a proper claim for indemnification
in full  within  60 days  after a  written  claim  for such  indemnification  is
received by the Company,  the Restated Certificate and Restated Bylaws authorize
the  claimant  to bring  an  action  against  the  Company  and  prescribe  what
constitutes a defense to such action.

     Section 145 of the DGCL permits a corporation  to indemnify any director or
officer  of  the  corporation  against  expenses  (including  attorney's  fees),
judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred
in connection with any action,  suit or proceeding brought by reason of the fact
that such person is or was a director or officer of the  corporation,  and, with
respect  to any  criminal  action or  proceeding,  if he or she had no reason to
believe his or her conduct was  unlawful.  In a derivative  action,  (i.e.,  one
brought by or on behalf of the  corporation),  indemnification  may be made only
for  expenses,  actually and  reasonably  incurred by any director or officer in
connection  with the defense or  settlement  of such an action or suit,  if such
person acted in good faith and in a manner that he reasonably believed to be in,
or not  opposed  to,  the best  interests  of the  corporation,  except  that no
indemnification  shall be made if such  person  shall have been  adjudged  to be
liable to the corporation, unless and only to the extent that the court in which
the action or suit was brought shall  determine that the defendant is fairly and
reasonably  entitled to indemnity for such expenses despite such adjudication of
liability.

                                      II-1

<PAGE>

     Pursuant  to  Section  102(b)(7)  of the  DGCL,  the  Restated  Certificate
eliminates the liability of a director to the  corporation  or its  stockholders
for monetary damages for such breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for
liabilities arising (i) from any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the
corporation or its  stockholders,  (ii) from acts or omissions not in good faith
or which involve  intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law,  (iii)
under  Section  174 of the DGCL,  or (iv) from any  transaction  from  which the
director derived an improper personal benefit.

     The  Company  expects  to obtain  primary  and  excess  insurance  policies
insuring the directors and officers of the Company against  certain  liabilities
that they may incur in their  capacity as  directors  and  officers.  Under such
policies, the insurers, on behalf of the Company, may also pay amounts for which
the Company has granted indemnification to the directors or officers.

     Additionally,  reference  is made to the  Underwriting  Agreement  filed as
Exhibit 1.1 hereto,  which provides for  indemnification  by the Underwriters of
the Company, its directors and officers who sign the Registration  Statement and
persons who control the Company, under certain circumstances.

ITEM 15. RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES

   
     In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration Statement, the
Corporation has sold the following securities that were not registered under the
Securities  Act  (with the  exception  of the  number of shares of Common  Stock
subject to the Medic Warrant,  the following share numbers do not give effect to
the Reverse Stock Split): 
    

(a) Issuances of Capital Stock

     On June 27, 1995, in connection  with the  acquisition by the Registrant of
MEDE Ohio and a related  offering,  the Registrant  issued an aggregate  239,956
shares  of  Preferred  Stock  and  13,999,538  shares  of  Common  Stock  to the
stockholders  of the  parent  company  of  MEDE  Ohio  and  stockholders  of the
Registrant.

     On December 18, 1995, in connection  with their  agreement to guarantee the
Registrant's  obligations  under a credit  agreement  between the Registrant and
Bank of America Illinois (the "Credit Facility"),  the Registrant issued to WCAS
V, WCAS VI,  Blair V and Blair LCF  warrants to purchase  an  aggregate  240,720
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.00 per share.

     On July 18, 1996,  the Company  issued 500 shares of Common Stock to Sharon
Hallberg, an employee of the Company, as a performance bonus.

     On January 10,  1997,  in  connection  with their  agreement  to  guarantee
additional  obligations  of the  Registrant  under and  amendment  to the Credit
Facility,  the Company issued to WCAS V, WCAS VI, Blair V and Blair LCF warrants
to purchase an aggregate 84,000 shares,  of Common Stock at an exercise price of
$1.25 per share.

     On February  14,  1997,  the  Company  issued to WCAS CP II, for a purchase
price of $25 million,  (i) a 10% Senior  Subordinated Note due February 14, 2002
in the aggregate  principal  amount of $25,000,000 and (ii) 1,700,000  shares of
Common Stock.

     On September 9, 1997,  the Company  issued 500 shares of Common Stock to Ed
Feltner, an employee of the Company, as a performance bonus.

     On October 31,  1997,  in  connection  with their  agreement  to  guarantee
additional obligations of the Registrant under the amended Credit Agreement, the
Company issued to WCAS VI and Blair V warrants to purchase an aggregate  156,720
shares, of Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.25 per share.

   
     On July 17, 1998, the Company granted to Medic the Medic Warrant to acquire
1,250,000  shares of the Company's  Common Stock,  at a per share exercise price
equal to the price of the Common  Stock to the public in the Offering or, in the
event that an initial public  offering is not completed by March 31, 1999, at an
exercise  price  equal  to $8.00  per  share.  The  difference  between  the two
alternative prices 
    

                                      II-2

<PAGE>

   
reflects,  in  the  Company's  view,  the incremental value of a share of Common
Stock  resulting  from  the  Offering  and  the concurrent Recapitalization. The
Medic  Warrant  vests  over  a  two  year period and may be exercised up to five
years after the date of grant.
    

(b) Certain Grants and Exercises of Stock Options

   
     The  MEDE  America  Corporation  and  its  Subsidiaries  Stock  Option  and
Restricted  Stock  Purchase  Plan  was  adopted  by the  Registrant's  Board  of
Directors on March 22, 1995.  As of July 31, 1998,  options to purchase up to an
aggregate 3,351,000 shares of Common Stock, had been granted to employees of the
Registrant and its subsidiaries  thereunder,  of which options to purchase up to
an aggregate  2,212,600  shares of Common Stock, at a weighted  average exercise
price of $1.09 per share,  were  outstanding  as of such date.  The  Company has
issued an  aggregate  349,400  shares of Common  Stock upon the exercise of such
options. 
    

     The securities  issued in the foregoing  transactions in paragraphs (a) and
(b) above were offered and sold in reliance upon  exemptions from Securities Act
registration set forth in Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, or any regulations
promulgated  thereunder,  relating to sales by an issuer not  involving a public
offering. No underwriters were involved in the foregoing sales of securities.

     The sale and issuance of the above securities were deemed to be exempt from
registration  under  the  Securities  Act in  reliance  on  Section  4(2) of the
Securities Act, or Regulation D promulgated thereunder,  or Rule 701 promulgated
under  Section  3(b) of the  Securities  Act, as  transactions  by an issuer not
involving a public  offering or transactions  pursuant to  compensatory  benefit
plans and contracts  relating to  compensation  as provided under such Rule 701.
The  recipients  of  securities  in  each  such  transaction  represented  their
intention to acquire the securities  for investment  only and not with a view to
or for sale in connection with any distribution  thereof and appropriate legends
were  affixed  to  the  share   certificates  and  instruments  issued  in  such
transactions.  All recipients had adequate access,  through their  relationships
with the Company, to information about the Registrant.

ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

(a) Exhibits

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

 EXHIBIT
  NUMBER                                              DESCRIPTION
  ------                                              -----------

<S>       <C>  <C>

1.1 +     --   Form of Underwriting Agreement.

2.1            + -- Asset  Purchase  Agreement  among MEDE AMERICA  Corporation,
               General Computer Corporation, Time-Share Computer Systems, et al,
               dated as of February 3, 1997.

2.2            + -- Asset  Purchase  Agreement  among MEDE AMERICA  Corporation,
               General Computer Corporation, The Stockton Group, et al, dated as
               of October 20, 1997.

3.1 +     --   Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as amended.
3.2       --   Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.

3.3 +     --   Amended Bylaws of the Registrant.
3.4 +     --   Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 17, 1995, between MEDE AMERICA
               Corporation and GENCC Holdings Corporation.
4.1       --   Specimen certificate for shares of Common Stock.
4.2            + -- Note and  Share  Purchase  Agreement  between  MEDE  AMERICA
               Corporation  and WCAS  Capital  Partners  II,  L.P.,  dated as of
               February 14, 1997.
4.3 +     --   Warrant Agreement dated as of October 31, 1997 among MEDE AMERICA Corporation,
               Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe V, L.P., Welsh, Carson Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P.,
               William Blair Leveraged Capital Fund Limited Partnership and William Blair Capital Part-
               ners V, L.P., and Warrants issued thereunder.
4.4 +     --   Warrant Agreement dated as of January 10, 1997 among MEDE AMERICA Corporation,
               Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe V, L.P., Welsh, Carson Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P.,
               William Blair Leveraged Capital Fund Limited Partnership and William Blair Capital Part-
               ners V, L.P., and Warrants issued thereunder.
</TABLE>
    

                                      II-3

<PAGE>

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                                                DESCRIPTION
   ------                                                -----------
<S>         <C>  <C>

   4.5 +     --  Warrant Agreement dated as of December 18, 1995 among MEDE AMERICA Corpora-
                 tion, Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe V, L.P., Welsh, Carson Anderson & Stowe VI,
                 L.P., William Blair Leveraged Capital Fund Limited Partnership and William Blair Capital
                 Partners V, L.P., and Warrants issued thereunder.
   4.6 +     --  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997 between MEDE AMERICA
                 Corporation and WCAS Capital Partners II, L.P.
   4.7 +     --  Warrant, dated as of July 17, 1998, issued by MEDE AMERICA Corporation to Medic
                 Computer Systems, Inc.
   4.8 +     --  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998 between MEDE AMERICA Cor-
                 poration and Medic Computer Systems, Inc.
   4.9 +     --  Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998 among Medic Computer Systems, Inc.,
                 Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe V, L.P., Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P.,
                 William Blair Capital Partners V, L.P., WCAS Capital Partners II, L.P., and William Blair
                 Leveraged Capital Fund Limited Partnership.
   4.10+     --  Investment Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998 between MEDE AMERICA Corporation
                 and Medic Computer Systems, Inc.
    5.1*     --  Opinion of Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol, with respect to the legality of
                 securities being registered.
  10.1 +     --  MEDE AMERICA Corporation and Its Subsidiaries Stock Option and Restricted Stock
                 Purchase Plan as amended.
  10.2           + -- Credit Agreement between MEDE AMERICA Corporation and Bank
                 of America  Illinois  dated as of December 18, 1995 as amended,
                 with accompanying guarantees.
  10.3 +     --  Form of Indemnification Agreement between MEDE AMERICA Corporation and Directors
                 thereof.
  10.4 +     --  Agreement of Lease dated as of October 15, 1991 between HMCC Associates and MedE
                 America, Inc.
  10.5 +     --  Lease Agreement dated as of July 10, 1995 as amended January 3, 1997 between T&J Enter-
                 prises, LLC and Electronic Claims & Funding, Inc.
  10.6 +     --  Commitment Letter dated July 15, 1998 from Bank of America
                 National   Trust  &  Savings   Association   to  MEDE   AMERICA
                 Corporation, regarding amendment to Credit Facility.
  10.7 +     --  Form of Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Agreement between MEDE
                 AMERICA Corporation and Employees.
  10.8 +     --  MEDE AMERICA Corporation and Its Subsidiaries 1998 Stock Option and Restricted Stock
                 Purchase Plan.
  10.9**     --  Transaction Processing Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998 between MEDE AMERICA Cor-
                 poration and Medic Computer Systems, Inc.
  10.10+     --  MEDE AMERICA Corporation 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  21.1 +     --  Subsidiaries of the Company.

  23.1       --  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accountants.
  23.2       --  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accountants.
  23.3*      --  Consent of Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol (see Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1 +     --  Power of Attorney.
  27.1 +     --  Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
 * To be filed by amendment.
** Confidential treatment requested.
 + Previously filed.
(b) Financial Statement Schedules
Schedule II -- Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS

     (a) Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities
Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors,  officers and controlling  persons of
the   registrant   pursuant   to   the   provisions    described   under   "Item
14-Indemnification   of  Directors  and  Officers"  above,  or  otherwise,   the
Registrant has been advised that in

                                      II-4

<PAGE>

the opinion of the Securities and Exchange  Commission such  indemnification  is
against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore,  unenforceable.
In the event that a claim for  indemnification  against such liabilities  (other
than the payment by the  Registrant of expenses  incurred or paid by a director,
officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any
action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling
person in connection with the securities being registered,  the Registrant will,
unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by  controlling
precedent,  submit to a court of appropriate  jurisdiction  the question whether
such  indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and
will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

                                      II-5

<PAGE>

   (b) The undersigned Registrant hereby undertakes that:

       (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of
    1933, the information  omitted from the form of prospectus  filed as part of
    this  registration  statement in reliance  upon Rule 430A and contained in a
    form of prospectus filed by the Registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4)
    or  497(h)  under  the  Securities  Act  shall be  deemed to be part of this
    registration statement as of the time it was declared effective.

       (2) For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act
   of 1933,  each  post-effective  amendment  that contains a form of prospectus
   shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities
   offered  therein,  and the offering of such  securities at that time shall be
   deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

     (c)  The  undersigned  Registrant  hereby  undertakes  to  provide  to  the
underwriter   at  the  closing   specified  in  the   underwriting   agreements,
certificates in such  denominations  and registered in such names as required by
the underwriter to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

                                      II-6

<PAGE>

                                  SIGNATURES

   
     Pursuant to the  requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the Registrant
has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized, on August 27, 1998.
    

                                              MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                                              By: THOMAS P. STAUDT
                                                 ------------------------------
                                                 Thomas P. Staudt
                                                 President and
                                                 Chief Executive Officer

     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Registration  Statement  has  been  signed  by  the  following  persons  in  the
capacities held on the dates indicated.

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         SIGNATURES                            TITLE                          DATE
         ----------                            -----                          ----
<S>                           <C>                                       <C>
     THOMAS P. STAUDT        President and Chief Executive             August 27, 1998
- -------------------------    Officer (Principal executive officer);
     Thomas P. Staudt        Director

     THOMAS P. STAUDT        Chief Financial Officer (Principal        August 27, 1998
- -------------------------    financial and accounting officer)
   Richard P. Bankosky


     THOMAS P. STAUDT        Director                                  August 27, 1998
- -------------------------
   Thomas E. McInerney

     THOMAS P. STAUDT        Director                                  August 27, 1998
- -------------------------
   Anthony J. de Nicola

     THOMAS P. STAUDT        Director                                  August 27, 1998
- -------------------------
    Timothy M. Murray

</TABLE>
    

                                      II-7

<PAGE>

                                                                    SCHEDULE II

                    MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES
                SCHEDULE II -- VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

             COLUMN A                  COLUMN B              COLUMN C                 COLUMN D         COLUMN E
- ----------------------------------   ------------   --------------------------   -----------------   -----------
                                                            ADDITIONS
                                                    --------------------------
                                                                    CHARGED TO
                                      BALANCE AT     CHARGED TO       OTHER                           BALANCE AT
                                       BEGINNING      COST AND      ACCOUNTS-        DEDUCTIONS         END OF
           DESCRIPTIONS                OF PERIOD      EXPENSES       DESCRIBE        -DESCRIBE          PERIOD
           ------------                ---------      --------       --------        ---------          ------
                                                                   (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                  <C>            <C>            <C>           <C>                 <C>
Year ended June 30, 1996 -
 Allowance for bad debts .........      $1,386          $406           $--           $    392 (1)       $1,400
                                        ======          ====           ===           ========           ======
Year ended June 30, 1997 -
 Allowance for bad debts .........      $1,400          $316           $--           $    -- (1)        $1,716
                                        ======          ====           ===           ========           ======
Year ended June 30, 1998 -
 Allowance for bad debts .........      $1,716          $464           $--           $  1,183 (1)       $  997
                                        ======          ====           ===           ========           ======
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
(1)  Amounts written off.

                                      S-1

<PAGE>

                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

  EXHIBIT
   NUMBER                                                        DESCRIPTION
   ------                                                        -----------
<S>         <C>  <C>

   1.1 +     --  Form of Underwriting Agreement.
   2.1 +     --  Asset Purchase  Agreement among MEDE AMERICA  Corporation,
                 General Computer  Corporation,  Time-Share Computer Systems, et
                 al, dated as of February 3, 1997.
   2.2 +     --  Asset Purchase  Agreement among MEDE AMERICA  Corporation,
                 General Computer Corporation,  The Stockton Group, et al, dated
                 as of October 20, 1997.
   3.1 +     --  Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant as amended.
   3.2       --  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Registrant.
   3.3 +     --  Amended Bylaws of the Registrant.
   3.4 +     --  Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of May 17, 1995, between MEDE AMERICA Corporation
                 and GENCC Holdings Corporation.
   4.1       --  Specimen certificate for shares of Common Stock.
   4.2 +     --  Note and Share Purchase Agreement between MEDE AMERICA Corporation and WCAS Capital
                 Partners II, L.P., dated as of February 14, 1997.
   4.3 +     --  Warrant  Agreement dated as of October 31, 1997 among MEDE
                 AMERICA Corporation,  Welsh, Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V, L.P.,
                 Welsh,   Carson  Anderson  &  Stowe  VI,  L.P.,  William  Blair
                 Leveraged  Capital Fund Limited  Partnership  and William Blair
                 Capital Partners V, L.P., and Warrants issued thereunder.
   4.4 +     --  Warrant  Agreement dated as of January 10, 1997 among MEDE
                 AMERICA Corporation,  Welsh, Carson,  Anderson & Stowe V, L.P.,
                 Welsh,   Carson  Anderson  &  Stowe  VI,  L.P.,  William  Blair
                 Leveraged  Capital Fund Limited  Partnership  and William Blair
                 Capital Partners V, L.P., and Warrants issued thereunder.
   4.5 +     --  Warrant Agreement dated as of December 18, 1995 among MEDE AMERICA Corporation, Welsh,
                 Carson, Anderson & Stowe V, L.P., Welsh, Carson Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P., William Blair Leveraged
                 Capital Fund Limited Partnership and William Blair Capital Partners V, L.P., and Warrants issued there-
                 under.
   4.6 +     --  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of February 14, 1997 between MEDE AMERICA Corporation
                 and WCAS Capital Partners II, L.P.
   4.7 +     --  Warrant, dated as of July 17, 1998, issued by MEDE AMERICA Corporation to Medic Computer Sys-
                 tems, Inc.
   4.8 +     --  Registration Rights Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998 between MEDE AMERICA Corporation and
                 Medic Computer Systems, Inc.
   4.9 +     --  Stockholders Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998 among Medic Computer Systems, Inc., Welsh, Carson,
                 Anderson & Stowe V, L.P., Welsh, Carson, Anderson & Stowe VI, L.P., William Blair Capital Partners V,
                 L.P., WCAS Capital Partners II, L.P., and William Blair Leveraged Capital Fund Limited Partnership.
   4.10+     --  Investment Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998 between MEDE AMERICA Corporation and Medic
                 Computer Systems, Inc.
   5.1*      --  Opinion of Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol, with respect to the legality of securities being
                 registered.
  10.1 +     --  MEDE AMERICA Corporation and Its Subsidiaries Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase Plan as
                 amended.
  10.2 +     --  Credit Agreement between MEDE AMERICA Corporation and Bank of America Illinois dated as of
                 December 18, 1995 as amended, with accompanying guarantees.
  10.3 +     --  Form of Indemnification Agreement between MEDE AMERICA Corporation and Directors thereof.
  10.4 +     --  Agreement of Lease dated as of October 15, 1991 between HMCC Associates and MedE America, Inc.
  10.5 +     --  Lease Agreement dated as of July 10, 1995 as amended January 3, 1997 between T&J Enterprises, LLC
                 and Electronic Claims & Funding, Inc.
  10.6 +     --  Commitment Letter dated July 15, 1998 from Bank of America National Trust & Savings Association to
                 MEDE AMERICA Corporation, regarding amendment to Credit Facility.
  10.7 +     --  Form of Non-Competition, Non-Solicitation and Confidentiality Agreement between MEDE AMERICA
                 Corporation and Employees.
  10.8 +     --  MEDE AMERICA Corporation and Its Subsidiaries 1998 Stock Option and Restricted Stock Purchase
                 Plan.
  10.9**     --  Transaction Processing Agreement, dated as of July 17, 1998 between MEDE AMERICA Corporation
                 and Medic Computer Systems, Inc.
  10.10+     --  MEDE AMERICA Corporation 1998 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
  21.1 +     --  Subsidiaries of the Company.
  23.1       --  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accountants.
  23.2       --  Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent accountants.
  23.3*      --  Consent of Reboul, MacMurray, Hewitt, Maynard & Kristol (see Exhibit 5.1).
  24.1 +     --  Power of Attorney.
  27.1 +     --  Financial Data Schedule.
</TABLE>
    

- ----------
 * To be filed by amendment.
** Confidential treatment requested.
 + Previously filed.


                                                                     EXHIBIT 3.2

                AMENDED AND RESTATED CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

                                       OF

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

                            ------------------------


                  MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION, a corporation organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware (the "Corporation"), hereby certifies as
follows:

                  1. The name of the  Corporation  is MEDE AMERICA  CORPORATION.
The  Corporation  was  originally  incorporated  under  the  name  HIS  HOLDINGS
CORPORATION,  and the original  Certificate of  Incorporation of the Corporation
was filed with the Secretary of State of Delaware on February 13, 1995.

                  2. The following  resolution declaring advisable the amendment
and restatement of the Certificate of  Incorporation of the Corporation was duly
adopted by the Board of  Directors  of the  Corporation.  The  resolution  is as
follows:

                  RESOLVED that the amendment and restatement of the Certificate
         of Incorporation of the Corporation is hereby declared  advisable,  and
         that such  Certificate of  Incorporation  be, and it hereby is, amended
         and restated to read in its entirety as follows:

                  "FIRST:  The name of the Corporation is MEDE AMERICA
         CORPORATION.

                  SECOND:   The  address  of  the   registered   office  of  the
         Corporation  in the State of Delaware is 1013 Centre Road,  in the City
         of  Wilmington,  County of New  Castle.  The name of the  Corporation's
         registered agent at such address is Corporation Service Company.

                  THIRD:  The purpose for which the  Corporation is formed is to
         engage in any  lawful act or  activity  for which  corporations  may be
         organized under the Delaware General Corporation Law.

                                      


<PAGE>


                  FOURTH:  The total  number of shares of all  classes  of stock
         which the  Corporation  shall  have  authority  to issue is  35,000,000
         shares,  consisting of 5,000,000  shares of Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par
         value  ("Preferred   Stock"),   of  which  250,000  shares  are  hereby
         designated  as Series A  Preferred  Stock,  $.01 par value  ("Series  A
         Preferred  Stock"),  and  30,000,000  shares of Common Stock,  $.01 par
         value ("Common Stock").

                  Effective  immediately  upon the  filing of this  Amended  and
         Restated Certificate of Incorporation in the office of the Secretary of
         State of the State of Delaware, the outstanding shares of capital stock
         of the Corporation shall be and hereby are combined and reclassified as
         follows:  each shares of Preferred  Stock shall be  reclassified as and
         converted into one share of Series A Preferred  Stock,  and each 4.5823
         shares of Common Stock shall be  reclassified as and converted into one
         share of Common Stock;  provided,  however,  that fractional  shares of
         Common Stock will not be issued in connection with such combination and
         reclassification, and each holder of a fractional share of Common Stock
         shall receive in lieu thereof a cash payment from the Corporation,  the
         fair value of which shall be  determined  by the Board of  Directors in
         good faith within 90 days after the filing of this Amended and Restated
         Certificate of Incorporation.

                  Certificates  representing shares combined and reclassified as
         provided in this Amended and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation are
         hereby canceled, and, upon presentation of the canceled certificates to
         the  Corporation,  the holders thereof shall be entitled to receive new
         certificates  representing  the shares  resulting from such combination
         and reclassification.

                  The  Board of  Directors  is  authorized  to  provide  for the
         issuance  of the shares of  Preferred  Stock in series and, by filing a
         certificate pursuant to the applicable law of the State of Delaware, to
         establish from time to time the number of shares to be included in each
         such series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences and rights
         of the shares of each such series and the  qualifications,  limitations
         or restrictions  thereof.  The authority of the Board of Directors with
         respect to the Preferred  Stock shall  include,  but not be limited to,
         determination of the following:

                           1. The number of shares constituting  that series and
                  the distinctive designation of that series;

                           2. The  dividend  rate on the shares of that  series,
                  whether dividends shall be cumulative,  and, if so, from which
                  date or dates, and the relative rights of priority, if any, of
                  payment of dividends on share of that series;

                           3. Whether that series shall have voting  rights,  in
                  addition to the voting rights provided by law, and, if so, the
                  terms of such voting rights;



                                        2


<PAGE>



                           4.  Whether   that  series   shall  have   conversion
                  privileges,  and,  if so,  the  terms and  conditions  of such
                  conversion,   including   provision  for   adjustment  of  the
                  conversion rate in such events as the Board of Directors shall
                  determine;

                           5.  Whether or not the shares of that series shall be
                  redeemable,  and,  if so,  the  terms and  conditions  of such
                  redemption,  including  the date or dates upon or after  which
                  they shall be redeemable,  and the amount per share payable in
                  case of  redemption,  which  amount may vary  under  different
                  conditions and at different redemption dates;

                           6.  Whether that series shall have a sinking fund for
                  the  redemption or purchase of shares of that series,  and, if
                  so, the terms and amount of such sinking fund;

                           7.  The rights of the  shares  of that  series in the
                  event of voluntary or involuntary liquidation,  dissolution or
                  winding  up of the  Corporation,  and the  relative  rights of
                  priority, if any, of payment of shares of that series; and

                           8.  Any  other  relative   rights,   preferences  and
                  limitations of that series.

                  All  cross-references  in each  subdivision  of  this  Article
         FOURTH refer to other paragraphs in such  subdivision  unless otherwise
         indicated.  The following is a statement of the  designations,  and the
         powers, preferences and rights, and the qualifications,  limitations or
         restrictions  thereof,  in  respect  of  each  class  of  stock  of the
         Corporation:

                            SERIES A PREFERRED STOCK

                  Except as otherwise  expressly  provided herein, all shares of
         Series A  Preferred  Stock  shall be  identical  and shall  entitle the
         holders thereof to the same rights and privileges.

                  1.   Cumulative Dividends.

                       (i)    The holders of Series A  Preferred  Stock shall be
                  entitled  to  receive,  when and as  declared  by the Board of
                  Directors  out of funds  legally  available  for such purpose,
                  cash dividends at the rate of $10.00 per share per annum,  and
                  no  more.  In the  event  such  dividends  are  declared,  the
                  dividend  payment  dates  with  respect  thereto  shall be the
                  immediately succeeding September 30.

                       (ii)   In no  event,  so long as any  Series A  Preferred
                  Stock shall remain outstanding,  shall any dividend whatsoever
                  be declared or paid upon, nor shall any

                              

                                        3


<PAGE>



                  distribution  be made  upon,  any Common  Stock,  other than a
                  dividend or distribu-  tion payable in shares of Common Stock,
                  nor,  without the written consent of the holders of 66-2/3% of
                  the outstanding  Series A Preferred Stock, shall any shares of
                  Common Stock be purchased or redeemed by the Corporation,  nor
                  shall any  moneys be paid to or made  available  for a sinking
                  fund for the  purchase  or  redemption  of any  Common  Stock,
                  unless  in each  instance  cumulative  dividends  accrued  and
                  unpaid on all  outstanding  shares of the  Series A  Preferred
                  Stock for all past  dividend  periods  shall have been paid in
                  full.

                  2.   Redemption.

                  2A.  Mandatory Redemptions. The Series A Preferred Stock shall
         be redeemed in full in two equal installments on September 30, 2001 and
         September 30, 2002, at the Redemption Price (as defined below).

                  2B.  Optional Redemptions. The Series A Preferred Stock may be
         redeemed  in  whole at any time or in part  from  time to time,  at the
         option of the Corporation, at the Redemption Price.

                  2C.  Redemption Date;  Redemption Price. Any date on which the
         Corporation  elects or is required to redeem  Series A Preferred  Stock
         under this paragraph 2 shall be referred to as a "Redemption Date." The
         per share  "Redemption  Price" of the  Series A  Preferred  Stock to be
         redeemed  on a  Redemption  Date  shall be the sum of (x)  $100.00  per
         share, plus (y) any accrued but unpaid dividends thereon to the date of
         such redemption.

                  2D.  Notice of  Redemption.  Not less than 30 days  before any
         Redemption Date, written notice shall be given by mail, postage prepaid
         to the  holders  of  record  of the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  to be
         redeemed,  addressed to each such stockholder at his or its post office
         address as shown by the  records  of the  Corporation,  specifying  the
         number of shares to be redeemed,  the  subparagraph or subparagraphs of
         this paragraph 2 pursuant to which such  redemption  shall be made, the
         Redemption  Price and the place at which and the date, which date shall
         not be a day on which  banks in the  City of New York are  required  or
         authorized  to close,  on which the shares of Series A Preferred  Stock
         will be  redeemed.  If such notice of  redemption  shall have been duly
         given and if on or before such  Redemption Date the funds necessary for
         redemption  shall  have been set aside so as to be and  continue  to be
         available  therefor,  then,  notwithstanding  that any  certificate for
         shares of Series A Preferred  Stock to be redeemed  shall not have been
         surrendered  for  cancellation,  after  the close of  business  on such
         Redemption Date, such shares shall no longer be deemed outstanding, the
         dividends thereon shall cease to accrue, and all rights with respect to
         such  shares  shall  forthwith  after  the  close  of  business  on the
         Redemption Date, cease, except only the right of the holders thereof to
         receive the Redemption Price for such shares, without interest.

                    

                                        4


<PAGE>




                  2E.  Redeemed or Otherwise Acquired Shares to be Retired.  Any
         shares of Series A Preferred Stock redeemed  pursuant to this paragraph
         2 or otherwise  acquired by the  Corporation  in any manner  whatsoever
         shall be permanently  retired and shall not under any  circumstances be
         reissued;  and  the  Corporation  may  from  time  to  time  take  such
         appropriate  corporate  action  as  may  be  necessary  to  reduce  the
         authorized Series A Preferred Stock accordingly.

                  2F.  Shares to be Redeemed,  Purchased or Retired.  In case of
         the redemption,  purchase or retirement, for any reason, of only a part
         of the  outstanding  shares  of  the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  on a
         Redemption Date, all shares of Series A Preferred Stock to be redeemed,
         purchased or retired shall be selected pro rata,  and there shall be so
         redeemed,  purchased  or retired from each  registered  holder in whole
         shares,  as nearly as practicable to the nearest share,  the proportion
         of all the shares to be redeemed, purchased or retired which the number
         of shares  held of record by such holder  bears to the total  number of
         shares of Series A Preferred Stock at the time outstanding.

                  3.   Liquidation. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding
         up of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, or the sale of
         all or substantially all the assets of the Corporation (each such event
         being referred to as a "Liquidation"), a holder of the shares of Series
         A Preferred Stock shall be entitled, before any distribution or payment
         is made upon any  Common  Stock,  to  receive  out of the assets of the
         Corporation  (x)  $100.00  per share,  plus (y) any  accrued but unpaid
         dividends  thereon  to the date of such  redemption,  for each share of
         Series A Preferred Stock held by such holder. If upon such Liquidation,
         the assets to be  distributed  among the  holders of Series A Preferred
         Stock shall be  insufficient to permit payment to the holders of Series
         A Preferred Stock of that amount  distributable as aforesaid,  then the
         entire assets of the Corporation to be distributed shall be distributed
         ratably  among the holders of Series A Preferred  Stock.  Upon any such
         Liquidation,  after the holders of the Series A  Preferred  Stock shall
         have been paid in full the amounts to which they shall be entitled, the
         holders of the Common Stock will share the  remaining net assets of the
         Corporation.  Written  notice of such Liquida  tion,  stating a payment
         date,  the  aggregate  amount of the  payments  to which such holder of
         Series A  Preferred  Stock is  entitled  and the place  where said sums
         shall be payable shall be given by mail, postage prepaid, not less than
         30 days prior to the  payment  date stated  therein,  to the holders of
         record of the Series A Preferred Stock,  such notice to be addressed to
         each  stockholder at its post office address as shown by the records of
         the Corporation. Neither the consolidation or merger of the Corporation
         into or with any other  corporation or corporations,  nor the reduction
         of the  capital  stock  of the  Corporation,  shall be  deemed  to be a
         Liquidation.

                  4.   Voting  Rights.  Except as  otherwise  provided by law or
         this  Certificate of  Incorporation,  the holders of Series A Preferred
         Stock  shall  not be  entitled  to vote  on  matters  presented  to the
         stockholders of the Corporation.

                       

                                        5


<PAGE>



                 5.    Restrictions.  At  any  time  when  shares  of  Series  A
         Preferred  Stock are  outstanding,  except  where  the vote or  written
         consent of the holders of a greater number of shares of the Corporation
         is  required by law or by this  Certificate  of  Incorporation,  and in
         addition to any other vote  required by law,  without the prior consent
         of the holders of 66-2/3% of the outstanding  Series A Preferred Stock,
         given in person or by proxy,  either in writing or at a special meeting
         called for that purpose,  at which meeting the holders of the shares of
         Series A Preferred Stock shall vote together as a class:

                       (i)    The  Corporation  will not create or authorize the
                  creation  of any  additional  class of shares  unless the same
                  ranks  junior  to the  Series  A  Preferred  Stock  both as to
                  dividends and as to the distribution of assets on Liquidation,
                  or increase  the  authorized  amount of the Series A Preferred
                  Stock,  or increase the  authorized  amount of any  additional
                  class of shares  unless the same ranks  junior to the Series A
                  Preferred   Stock  both  as  to   dividends   and  as  to  the
                  distribution of assets on Liquidation,  or create or authorize
                  any obligations or securities convertible into or exchangeable
                  for shares of Series A  Preferred  Stock or into shares of any
                  other  class  unless  the same  ranks  junior to the  Series A
                  Preferred   Stock  both  as  to   dividends   and  as  to  the
                  distribution  of  assets  on  Liquidation,  whether  any  such
                  creation or  authorization  or  increase  shall be by means of
                  amendment  of  the  Certificate  of   Incorporation,   merger,
                  consolidation, recapitalization or otherwise.

                       (ii)   The  Corporation  will not amend,  alter or repeal
                  the  Corporation's  Certificate of Incorporation or By-laws in
                  any manner,  or file any  directors'  resolutions  pursuant to
                  Section  151(g)  of  the  Delaware  General   Corporation  Law
                  containing  any  provision,  in either case which  affects the
                  respective preferences, voting power, qualifications,  special
                  or  relative  rights or  privileges  of the Series A Preferred
                  Stock or the  Common  Stock or which in any  manner  adversely
                  affects  the Series A Preferred  Stock or the Common  Stock or
                  the holders thereof.

                  6.   Conversion.  The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall
         be convertible as follows:

                  6A. In the event  that,  at any time while any of the Series A
         Preferred Stock shall be outstanding,  the Corporation shall complete a
         firm  commitment  initial  public  offering  of shares of Common  Stock

         registered  under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,  in which the
         net  proceeds  paid  by the  public  to the  Corporation  are at  least
         $20,000,000,  then all  outstanding  shares of Series A Preferred Stock
         shall,  automatically  and  without  further  action on the part of the
         holders of the Series A Preferred  Stock, be converted into such number
         of fully  paid and  nonassessable  whole  shares of Common  Stock as is
         obtained by dividing the aggregate Liquidation Payments that would then
         be payable in respect of the Series A  Preferred  Stock by the price to
         the public in such initial public  offering.  Such conversion  shall be
         effective  simultaneously  with the  closing of such  public  offering;
         provided, however, that certificates evidencing the shares of Common
                                                      

                                        6


<PAGE>



         
         Stock  issuable  upon such  conversion  shall  not be issued  except on
         surrender of the  certificates for the shares of the Series A Preferred
         Stock so converted.

                  6B. Fractional Shares;  Dividends. No fractional shares may be
         issued  upon  conversion  of the Series A  Preferred  Stock into Common
         Stock.  If any  fractional  interest in a share of Common  Stock would,
         except for the  provisions of the preceding  sentence,  be  deliverable
         upon any such conversion,  the  Corporation,  in lieu of delivering the
         fractional  share  thereof,  shall pay to the holder  surrendering  the
         Series A Preferred  Stock for conversion an amount in cash equal to the
         current market price of such fractional  interest as determined in good
         faith by the Board of Directors of the  Corporation.  No cash dividends
         shall be paid in  respect  of the  Series A  Preferred  Stock upon such
         conversion.

                  6C.  Stock to be  Reserved.  Prior to the  consummation  of an
         initial  public  offering of its Common  Stock,  the  Corporation  will
         reserve and keep  available out of its  authorized  Common Stock or its
         treasury shares, solely for the purpose of issue upon the conversion of
         the Series A Preferred Stock as herein provided,  such number of shares
         of Common Stock as shall then be issuable  upon the  conversion  of all
         outstanding  shares  of  Series  A  Preferred  Stock.  The  Corporation
         covenants  that all  shares of Common  Stock  which  shall be so issued
         shall be duly and validly issued and fully paid and  nonassessable  and
         free  from all  taxes,  liens and  charges  with  respect  to the issue
         thereof. The Corporation will take all such action as may be  necessary
         to assure that all such shares of Common Stock may be so issued without
         violation of any applicable law or regulation,  or of any  requirements
         of any national  securities exchange upon which the Common Stock of the
         Corporation may be listed.

                  6E.  Issue Tax.  The  issuance of  certificates  for shares of
         Common Stock upon  conversion of the Series A Preferred  Stock shall be
         made  without  charge to the holders  thereof for any  issuance  tax in
         respect thereof; provided that the Corporation shall not be required to
         pay any tax which may be payable in respect of any transfer involved in
         the issuance and delivery of any  certificate in a name other than that
         of the holder of the Series A Preferred Stock which is being converted.

                                       II.

                                  COMMON STOCK

                  All  shares  of  Common  Stock  shall be  identical  and shall
         entitle the holders thereof to the same rights and privileges:

                   1.  Dividends.  When and as dividends  are declared  upon the
         Common  Stock,  whether  payable in cash,  in  property or in shares of
         stock of the Corporation, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled
         to share equally, share for share, in such dividends.


                                        7


<PAGE>





                   2.  Voting  Rights.  Each  holder  of Common  Stock  shall be
         entitled to one vote per share.

                  FIFTH:   The name and mailing address of the sole incorporator
         of the Corporation are as follows:

                              Revital D. Havazelet
                              45 Rockefeller Plaza
                              New York, N.Y.  10111

                  SIXTH:  In  furtherance  and not in  limitation  of the powers
         conferred by the laws of the State of Delaware,  the Board of Directors
         of the Corporation is expressly authorized and empowered to make, alter
         or repeal the By-laws of the  Corporation,  subject to the power of the
         stockholders  of the  Corporation to alter or repeal any By-law made by
         the Board of Directors.

                  SEVENTH:  The  Corporation  reserves the right at any time and
         from time to time to amend,  alter,  change  or repeal  any  provisions
         contained in this Amended and Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation;
         and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at
         the  time in  force  may be added or  inserted,  in the  manner  now or
         hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges
         of whatsoever  nature  conferred  upon  stockholders,  directors or any
         other  persons  whomsoever by and pursuant to this Amended and Restated
         Certificate  of  Incorporation  in its  present  form  or as  hereafter
         amended are granted subject to the right reserved in this Article.

                  EIGHTH:   No  person  shall  be   personally   liable  to  the
         Corporation  or its  stockholders  for  monetary  damages for breach of
         fiduciary  duty as a director,  provided,  however,  that the foregoing
         shall not  eliminate  or limit the  liability of a director (i) for any
         breach of the  director's  duty of  loyalty to the  Corporation  or its
         stockholders,  (ii) for acts or  omissions  not in good  faith or which
         involve  intentional  misconduct or a knowing  violation of law,  (iii)
         under  Section  174 of the  General  Corporation  Law of the  State  of
         Delaware or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an
         improper personal benefit.

                  NINTH:  Every person now or hereafter serving as a director or
         officer of the  Corporation  and every such director or officer serving
         at the request of the Corporation as a director,  officer,  employee or
         agent of another  corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or
         other enterprise, shall be indemnified by the Corporation in accordance
         with and to the fullest extent  permitted by law for the defense of, or
         in connection with, any threatened,  pending or completed action,  suit
         or   proceeding,    whether   civil,   criminal,    administrative   or
         investigative,  arising  out of or in  connection  with  such  service.
         Expenses  incurred  by any person so  entitled  to  indemnification  in
         defending a civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding may be paid by
         the Corporation in advance of the final disposi-

   

                                        8


<PAGE>



         tion of such action,  suit or  proceeding as authorized by the Board of
         Directors in the specific case upon receipt of an  undertaking by or on
         behalf of such director or officer to repay such amount unless it shall
         ultimately be determined  that he is entitled to be  indemnified by the
         Corporation as authorized in this Article."

                  3. The foregoing  resolutions were duly adopted by the holders
of a majority  of the  outstanding  stock of the  Corporation  entitled  to vote
thereon,  by written consent pursuant to Section 228 of the General  Corporation
Law of the  State of  Delaware,  and have  been  duly  adopted  pursuant  to the
requirements of Sections 242 and 245 of said General Corporation Law.

                  4. The capital of the  Corporation  will not be reduced under,
or by reason of, the foregoing Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
of the Corporation.



                                        9


<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  Corporation has caused this Amended
and Restated  Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Thomas P. Staudt, its
President and Chief Executive Officer, this 27th day of July, 1998.

                                                 /s/ Thomas P. Staudt
                                             ----------------------------------
                                                     Thomas P. Staudt
                                                     President and
                                                     Chief Executive Officer



                                       10





MA

                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION
              INCORPORATED UNDER THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE

  COMMON STOCK                                                 CUSIP 584067 10 2
PAR VALUE $.01 PER SHARE                     SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
                                             
                                             
THIS CERTIFIES THAT







is the registered holder of


    FULLY PAID AND NON-ASSESSABLE SHARES OF COMMON STOCK, PAR VALUE $.01 PER
SHARE, OF MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION (the "Corporation"),  a Delaware corporation.
The shares  represented by this certificate are  transferable  only on the stock
transfer  books of the  Corporation  by the holder of record  hereof,  or by the
holder's duly authorized attorney or legal representative, upon the surrender of
this certificate  properly endorsed.  The Corporation has more than one class of
stock  authorized  for issuance.  This  certificate  and the shares  represented
hereby are issued and held subject to each of the laws of the State of Delaware,
the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation and the
By-Laws of the Corporation,  as each may from time to time be amended,  modified
or  supplemented.   This  certificate  is  not  valid  until  countersigned  and
registered  by the  Corporation's  Transfer  Agent  and  Registrar.  IN  WITNESS
WHEREOF,  the  Corporation  has caused  this  certificate  to be executed by the
facsimile  signatures of its duly authorized officers and has caused a facsimile
of its corporate seal to be hereunto affixed.


Countersigned  and Registered:  
                ChaseMellon  Shareholder  Services,   L.L.C.
                                                  Transfer  Agent  and Registrar
 By Authorized Signature 

Dated:  

- ------------------------                ----------------------------------------
Chief Financial  Officer                President  and Chief  Executive  Officer

                         (Corporate Seal)


<PAGE>



                            MEDE AMERICA CORPORATION

     THE  CORPORATION  WILL FURNISH  WITHOUT CHARGE TO EACH  STOCKHOLDER  WHO SO
REQUESTS THE POWERS,  DESIGNATIONS,  PREFERENCES  AND  RELATIVE,  PARTICIPATING,
OPTIONAL OR OTHER SPECIAL RIGHTS OF EACH CLASS OF STOCK OR SERIES THEREOF OF THE
CORPORATION  AND  THE  QUALIFICATIONS,   LIMITATIONS  OR  RESTRICTIONS  OF  SUCH
PREFERENCES  AND/OR RIGHTS.  SUCH REQUEST MAY BE MADE TO THE  CORPORATION AT ITS
PRINCIPAL OFFICE.

     The following  abbreviations,  when used in the  inscription on the face of
this  certificate,  shall be  construed  as though they were written out in full
according to applicable laws or regulations:

TEN COM - as tenants in common             UNIF GIFT MIN ACT -    Custodian
TEN ENT - as tenants by the                                   ----         ----
entireties                                                   (Cust)      (Minor)
JT TEN - as joint tenants                          under Uniform Gifts to Minors
with right of survivorship                          Act
and not as tenants in common                           -------------------------
                                                                (State)

                                                          
    Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

For value received,                        hereby sell, assign and transfer unto
                  --------------------------

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER
  IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        (PLEASE PRINT OR TYPEWRITE NAME AND ADDRESS INCLUDING POSTAL ZIP
                               CODE OF ASSIGNEE)

                                                                          Shares
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------
 of the Common Stock represented by the within Certificate, and do hereby
                    irrevocably constitute and appoint

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                                                     Attorney to
- ---------------------------------------------------------------------
transfer the said shares on the books of the within-named Corporation  
          with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated,
      --------------------------------------------------------------------------


                    NOTICE:  THE SIGNATURE(S) TO THIS ASSIGNMENT MUST CORRESPOND
                    WITH THE NAME(S) AS WRITTEN UPON THE FACE OF THE CERTIFICATE
                    IN EVERY  PARTICULAR,  WITHOUT  ALTERATION OR ENLARGEMENT OR
                    ANY  CHANGE  WHATEVER.


Signature(s) Guaranteed:

By 
  ------------------------------------------------
THE  SIGNATURE(S)   SHOULD  BE  GUARANTEED  BY  AN
ELIGIBLE     GUARANTOR     INSTITUTION     (BANKS,
STOCKBROKERS,  SAVINGS AND LOAN  ASSOCIATIONS  AND
CREDIT  UNIONS  WITH  MEMBERSHIP  IN  AN  APPROVED
SIGNATURE GUARANTEE  MEDALLION PROGRAM),  PURSUANT
TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-15.


KEEP THIS  CERTIFICATE  IN A SAFE PLACE.  IF IT IS LOST,  STOLEN,  MUTILATED  OR
DESTROYED,  THE  CORPORATION  WILL REQUIRE A BOND OF INDEMNITY AS A CONDITION TO
THE ISSUANCE OF A REPLACEMENT CERTIFICATE.




                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.1

             INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT AND REPORT ON SCHEDULE

MEDE America Corporation
East Meadow, New York

   
We consent to the use in Amendment No. 3 to Registration Statement No. 333-55977
of MEDE  America  Corporation  on Form S-1 of our  report  dated  August 5, 1998
(August  27,  1998  as to  Note  12)  relating  to  the  consolidated  financial
statements of MEDE America Corporation as of June 30, 1997 and 1998 and for each
of the  three  years  in  the  period  ended  June  30,  1998  appearing  in the
Prospectus, which is a part of this Registration Statement, and to the reference
to us under the heading "Experts" in such Prospectus.
    

Our audits of the consolidated  financial statements of MEDE America Corporation
referred to in our aforementioned  report also included the financial  statement
schedule  of MEDE  America  Corporation  listed in Part II at Item  16(b).  This
financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's  management.
Our  responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion
such  financial  statement  schedule,  when  considered in relation to the basic
financial  statements  taken  as a  whole,  presents  fairly,  in  all  material
respects, the information set forth therein.

   
DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP
    

Jericho, New York

   
August 27, 1998
    



                                                                   EXHIBIT 23.2

                         INDEPENDENT AUDITORS' CONSENT

MEDE America Corporation
East Meadow, New York


We  consent  to  the  use  in  Amendment  No.  3  to  Registration Statement No.
333-55977  of  MEDE  America Corporation on Form S-1 of our report dated October
7,  1997 relating to the statement of income of The Stockton Group, Inc. for the
year  ended  June 30, 1997, appearing in the Prospectus, which is a part of this
Registration  Statement,  and to the reference to us under the heading "Experts"
in such Prospectus.

DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Charlotte, North Carolina
August 27, 1998


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission